SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORP
10-K405, 1997-09-05
COMPUTERS & PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT & SOFTWARE
Previous: SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORP, PRE 14A, 1997-09-05
Next: SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORP, S-8, 1997-09-05



<PAGE>
 
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
[X]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
     ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997
                                      OR
 
[_]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934                      
 
For the transition period from                 to
                               ---------------    ---------

                        Commission file number 0-16345

                       SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
            (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

         DELAWARE                                           22-271544
(State or other jurisdiction                             (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization)                       Identification No.)
            
        
            4916 North Royal Atlanta Drive, Atlanta, Georgia 30085
          Address of principal executive offices)          (Zip Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                     NONE

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                         COMMON STOCK, $.01 PAR VALUE
                               (Title of Class)

                         COMMON STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS
                               (Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes    X       No
                                           -----         ------

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of the Registrants's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendments to this Form 10-K.  [X]

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the
Registrant was $89,020,917 as of September 2, 1997 based upon the last sale
price of the Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market on that day.

There were 7,229,640 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value, outstanding at
September 2, 1997.
<PAGE>
 
     DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

     Part III incorporates information by reference from the Registrant's
     definitive proxy statement for the 1997 annual meeting of stockholders
     presently scheduled to be held on November 11, 1997, which proxy statement
     will be filed no later than 120 days after the close of the Registrant's
     fiscal year ended June 30, 1997.
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART I

     Item 1.  BUSINESS

     (a) General Development of Business

         Southern Electronics Corporation, a Delaware corporation and its wholly
     owned operating subsidiary, SED International, Inc., a Delaware corporation
     ("SED International"), were incorporated in 1986 to take over the
     operations of the business of the Registrant's predecessor, Southern
     Electronics Distributors, Inc., which was engaged in the wholesale
     distribution of consumer electronics products. As used herein, the term
     "Registrant" means Southern Electronics Corporation and its subsidiaries,
     including SED International, unless the context otherwise indicates.

         The Registrant is a leading international distributor of microcomputer
     products, including personal computers, printers and other peripherals and
     networking products throughout the United States and Latin America. The
     Registrant offers to an active base of over 12,000 reseller customers a
     broad inventory of more than 3,500 products from approximately 125 vendors,
     including such market leaders as Seagate, Hewlett-Packard, Maxtor, Samsung,
     3Com, Intel, Creative Labs, Acer, Canon, Epson, IBM and Novell, through a
     dedicated and highly motivated sales force. The Registrant believes it is
     the fourth largest microcomputer products distributor in the United States,
     where it recently has expanded its vendor lines, sales force and warehouse
     locations, and a leading microcomputer products distributor to Latin
     America, one of the fastest growing markets for personal computers in the
     world. The Registrant distributes products in the United States from its
     strategically located warehouses in Atlanta, Georgia, Miami, Florida and
     City of Industry, California, while servicing Latin America from its Miami
     facility. The Registrant's net sales increased to $646.3 million in fiscal
     1997 from $398.8 million in fiscal 1995, and its net earnings increased to
     $7.9 million in fiscal 1997 from $5.2 million in fiscal 1995, representing
     compound annual growth rates of 27.3% and 23.0%, respectively.
     
         The Registrant also distributes wireless telephone products in the
     United States and to Latin America. The Registrant is a direct distributor
     of wireless telephone products for OKI Telecom and an indirect distributor
     for other leading wireless telephone product vendors such as Motorola,
     Ericsson, Nokia and NEC. In fiscal 1997, the Registrant's net sales of
     microcomputer products generated approximately 91.0% of the Registrant's
     total net sales and wireless telephone products represented the remaining
     9.0%.
 
         Over the past two years, the Registrant has transformed itself from a
     regional United States distributor into an international distributor with
     leading brand name vendor lines, a nationwide presence in the United States
     and a leadership position in Latin America. As a result of a transaction
     with Globelle, Inc. ("Globelle") in June 1997, the Registrant acquired the
     distribution rights for certain significant vendor lines in the United
     States including Hewlett-Packard and Intel, and subsequently hired 36
     experienced salespeople formerly with Globelle. The addition of brand name
     vendor lines and salespeople, coupled with the opening of a warehouse
     facility in California in May 1997, provide the Registrant with greater
     sales penetration in the western United States and more efficient
     nationwide distribution capabilities. Beginning in December 1995, the
     Registrant substantially increased its sales to Latin America with the
     acquisition of U.S. Computer of North America, Inc. ("U.S. Computer"). As a
     result of this acquisition and the Registrant's increased focus on the
     region, net sales to Latin America have increased to $290.7 million or
     45.0% of total net sales in fiscal 1997 from $14.3 million in fiscal 1994.
     
         On April 1, 1997, the Registrant began leasing an approximately 50,000-
     square foot facility in City of Industry, California. The City of Industry
     facility will serve as a distribution center for the Registrant. Payments
     under the lease will total approximately $18,000 for each of the first 36
     months of the lease and will then increase to $19,669 per month. Pursuant
     to its terms, the lease will expire on March 31, 2002, unless the
     Registrant elects to exercise its option to renew the lease for one
     additional five-year period.

         The Registrant intends to begin operating a configuration center to
     perform certain configuration services in connection with products
     distributed by the Registrant. The facility is located in Stone Mountain,
     Georgia and it consists of approximately 40,160 square feet. The Registrant
     will begin leasing the facility on October 1, 1997 and the lease will
     terminate on September 30, 2000 unless the Registrant exercises its option
     to renew the lease for an additional three-year period. The Registrant may
     also terminate the lease at any time following commencement of the fourth
     year of the lease upon payment of any unamortized brokers' fee payable with
     respect to the lease. Rent under the lease is $11,982 per month.

     (b) Financial Information about Industry Segments

         The Registrant operates in only one business segment.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
     (c) Narrative Description of Business

     1.  Products and Vendors

         The Registrant offers its customers a broad inventory of more than
     3,500 products from approximately 125 vendors, including such market
     leaders as Seagate, Hewlett-Packard, Maxtor, Samsung, 3Com, Intel, Creative
     Labs, Acer, Canon, Epson, IBM and Novell. The Registrant is a direct
     distributor of wireless telephone products for OKI Telecom and an indirect
     distributor for other leading wireless telephone product vendors such as
     Motorola, Ericsson, Nokia and NEC. Microcomputer related products accounted
     for $588.4 million or 91.0% of the Registrant's net sales for fiscal 1997,
     $429.4 million or 91.7% of net sales in fiscal 1996, and $362.4 or 91.0%
     of net sales in fiscal 1995, which included sales of mass storage products,
     printers and other imaging products, microprocessing and memory chips,
     monitors, modems, networking products, notebook and personal computers and
     accessories. Approximately $58.0 million or 9.0% of the Registrant's net
     sales for fiscal 1997, $38.9 million or 8.3% of net sales for fiscal
     1996, and $36.4 million or 9.0% of net sales for fiscal 1995 consisted of
     wireless telephone products such as handheld cellular telephones and
     accessories. The Registrant continually evaluates its product mix and
     inventory levels and maintains flexibility by adjusting its product
     offerings based on demand. The Registrant's vendors generally warrant the
     products distributed by the Registrant and allow the return of defective
     products.
 
         Generally, the Registrant's authorized distributor agreements with its
     microcomputer and wireless telephone products vendors permit the Registrant
     to sell these vendors' products in the United States and in designated
     countries in Latin America. The Registrant will continue to seek to expand
     the geographical scope of its distributor arrangements, which may include
     acquiring or partnering with companies that already have the distribution
     rights of a particular vendor in a specified country.
 
         As a distributor, the Registrant incurs the risk that the value of its
     inventory will be affected by industry-wide forces. Rapid technological
     change is commonplace in the microcomputer and wireless industries and can
     quickly diminish the marketability of certain items, whose functionality
     and demand decline with the appearance of new products. These changes,
     coupled with price reductions by vendors, may cause rapid obsolescence of
     inventory and corresponding valuation reductions in that inventory.
     Accordingly, the Registrant seeks provisions in its vendor agreements
     common to industry practice which provide price protections or credits for
     declines in inventory value and the right to return unsold inventory. No
     assurance can be given, however, that the Registrant can negotiate such
     provisions in each of its contracts or that such industry practice will
     continue.
 
         The Registrant purchases goods from approximately 125 vendors and has
     negotiated favorable terms from certain vendors by purchasing a substantial
     volume of those vendors' products. In fiscal 1997, products purchased from
     Seagate, Hewlett-Packard and Maxtor accounted for 19.7%, 11.5% and 11.5%,
     respectively, of the Registrant's total purchases and the loss of any one
     of these three vendors could materially adversely affect the financial
     condition of the Registrant. The Registrant expects that the percentage of
     goods purchased from Hewlett-Packard will increase for fiscal 1998 as a
     result of the acquisition of distribution rights for certain Hewlett-
     Packard products in the United States in June 1997. There can be no
     assurance that the Registrant will be able to maintain its existing vendor
     relationships or secure additional vendors as needed. The Registrant's
     vendor relationships typically are non-exclusive and subject to annual
     renewal, terminable by either party on short notice, and contain
     territorial restrictions that limit the countries in which the Registrant
     is permitted to distribute the products. The loss of a major vendor, the
     deterioration of the Registrant's relationship with a major vendor, the
     loss or deterioration of vendor support for certain Registrant-provided
     services, the decline in demand for a particular vendor's product, or the
     failure of the Registrant to establish good relationships with major new
     vendors could have a material adverse effect on the Registrant's business,
     financial condition or results of operations.
     
         Product orders typically are processed and shipped from the
     Registrant's distribution facilities on the same day an order is received
     or, in the case of orders received after 6:00 p.m., on the next business
     day. The Registrant relies almost entirely on arrangements with independent
     shipping companies for the delivery of its products to United States
     customers. Products distributed to the Latin American markets are delivered
     to the foreign purchasers or their agents or representatives at the
     Registrant's Miami, Florida warehouse. Generally, the Registrant's
     inventory level of products has been adequate to permit the Registrant to
     be responsive to its customers' purchase requirements. From time to time,
     however, the Registrant experiences temporary shortages of certain products
     as its vendors experience increased demand or manufacturing difficulties
     with respect to their products, resulting in smaller allocations of such
     products to the Registrant.

     2.  Sales and Marketing

         The Registrant's sales are generated by a national telemarketing sales
     force, which consisted of approximately 144 persons on June 30, 1997 in
     seven sales offices located in Atlanta, Georgia, Miami, Florida,
     Minneapolis, Minnesota, Carlsbad, California, St. Louis, Missouri, Boca
     Raton, Florida and Chicago, Illinois. Since June 30, 1997, the Registrant
     has hired an additional 39 salespersons, primarily as a result of the
     Globelle transaction. Of the total number of salespersons at August 31,
     1997, 38 persons focused on sales to customers for export to Latin America,
     substantially all of whom are fluent in Spanish or Portuguese. The
     Registrant's Atlanta sales office maintains a separate telemarketing sales
     force for the sale of wireless telephone products to retailers and wireless
     telephone carriers and their authorized agents located throughout the
     United States and Latin America.
     
         Members of the sales staff are trained through intensive in-house sales
     training programs, along with vendor-sponsored product seminars. This
     training allows sales personnel to provide customers with product
     information and to use their marketing expertise to answer customers'
     questions about important new product considerations, such as compatibility
     and capability, while offering advice on which products meet specific
     performance and price criteria. The Registrant's salespeople are able to
     analyze quickly the Registrant's extensive inventory through a
     sophisticated management information system and recommend the most
     appropriate cost-effective systems and hardware for each customer--whether
     a full-line retailer or an industry-specific reseller.
 
         The sales force is organized in teams generally consisting of four
     people. The Registrant believes that teams provide superior customer
     service because customers can contact one of several people. Moreover, the
     long-term nature of the Registrant's customer relationships is better
     served by teams that increase the depth of the relationship and improve the
     consistency of service. It has been the Registrant's experience that the
     team approach results in superior customer service and better employee
     morale.
 
         Compensation incentives are provided to the Registrant's salespeople,
     thus encouraging them to increase their product knowledge and to establish
     long-term relationships with existing and new customers. Customers can
     telephone their salespersons using a toll-free number provided by the
     Registrant. Salespeople initiate calls to introduce the Registrant's
     existing customers to new products and to solicit orders. In addition,
     salespeople seek to develop new customer relationships by using targeted
     mailing lists, vendor leads and telephone directories of various cities.
 
         The telemarketing salespersons are supported by a variety of marketing
     programs. For example, the Registrant regularly sponsors shows for its
     resellers where it demonstrates new product offerings and discusses
     industry developments. Also, the Registrant's in-house marketing staff
     prepares catalogs that list available microcomputer and wireless telephone
     products and routinely produces marketing materials and advertisements. In
     addition, the in-house marketing staff publishes other direct mail pieces
     promoting specials and new products, which can be ordered directly through
     salespeople or through the Registrant's recently installed Internet web
     page providing 24-hour access to on-line order entry. The Registrant's web
     page provides customers secured access to place orders and review product
     specifications at times that are convenient to them. Customers also can
     determine inventory availability and pricing on a real-time basis and in
     the near future verify the status of previously placed orders through
     hyperlinks to certain independent shipping companies.
     
         The Registrant prides itself on being service oriented and has a number
     of on-going value-added services intended to benefit both the Registrant's
     vendors and its resellers. For example, the Registrant is committed to
     training its salespeople to be technically knowledgeable about the products
     they sell. This core competency supplements the sophisticated technical
     support and configuration services also provided by the Registrant.
     Salespeople who are knowledgeable about the products they sell often can
     assist in the configuration of microcomputer systems according to
     specifications given by the resellers. The Registrant believes that its
     salesperson's ability to listen to a reseller's needs and recommend a cost-
     efficient solution strengthens the relationship between the salesperson and
     his or her reseller and promotes customer loyalty to a vendor's products.
     In addition, the Registrant provides such other value-added services as new
     product demonstrations and technical education programs for resellers,
     order fulfillment and electronic ordering, and informational assistance
     through the Registrant's web page.
 
         Management continually evaluates the Registrant's product mix and the
     needs of its customers in order to minimize inventory obsolescence and
     carrying costs. The Registrant's rapid delivery terms are available to all
     of its customers, and the Registrant seeks to pass through its shipping and
     handling costs to its customers. The Registrant offers various credit terms
     including open account, prepay, credit card and COD to qualifying
     customers. The Registrant closely monitors customers' creditworthiness
     through its on-line computer system which contains detailed information on
     each customer's payment history and other relevant information. In
     addition, the Registrant participates in national and international credit
     associations that exchange credit rating information on customers of
     association members. In most markets, the Registrant utilizes various
     levels of credit insurance to control credit risks and enable the
     Registrant to extend higher levels of credit. The Registrant establishes
     reserves for estimated credit losses in the normal course of business.
 
     3.  Customers
 
         The Registrant serves an active, nonexclusive customer base over 12,000
     resellers of microcomputer and wireless telephone products. Resellers
     includes value-added resellers, corporate resellers and retailers. The
     Registrant believes the multi-billion dollar microcomputer and wireless
     telephone wholesale distribution industries serve customers primarily on a
     nonexclusive basis, which provides the Registrant with significant growth
     opportunities. During fiscal 1997, no single customer accounted for more
     than 3.0% of the net sales of the Registrant. The Registrant believes that
     most of its customers rely on distributors as their principal source of
     microcomputer and wireless telephone products.
     
     4.  Competition

         The microcomputer and wireless telephone distribution industries are
     highly competitive, both in the United States and in Latin America.
     Competition in these industries is typically characterized by pricing
     pressures, product availability and potential obsolescence, speed and
     accuracy of delivery, effectiveness of sales and marketing programs, credit
     availability, ability to tailor specific solutions to customer needs,
     quality of product lines and services, and availability of technical
     support and product information. Additionally, the Registrant's ability to
     compete favorably is principally dependent upon its ability to control
     inventory and other operating costs, react timely and appropriately to
     short- and long-term trends, price competitively its products, increase its
     net sales and maintain economies of scale. In the early 1990s, the United
     States microcomputer industry moved toward open sourcing pursuant to which
     vendors authorized multiple distributors to sell to resellers on equal
     terms rather than relying on exclusive relationships. As a result, the
     competitive environment has become more intense, leading to accelerating
     industry consolidation and declining gross margins.
     
         The Registrant's competitors include regional, national and
     international microcomputer and wireless distributors, many of which have
     substantially greater technical, financial and other resources than the
     Registrant, as well as vendors that sell directly to resellers and large
     resellers that sell to other resellers. Major competitors include Ingram
     Micro, Inc., Merisel, Inc. and Tech Data Corporation in the United States,
     and CHS Electronics, Inc. in Latin America.
     
     5.  Employees

         As of June 30, 1997, the Registrant had 363 full-time employees, 144 of
     whom were engaged in telemarketing, 127 in administration and 92 in
     shipping. The Registrant also utilizes 26 part-time employees. Since June
     30, 1997, the Registrant has hired an additional 39 salespersons, primarily
     as a result of the Globelle transaction. Management believes the
     Registrant's relations with its employees are good and the Registrant has
     never experienced a strike or work stoppage. There is no collective
     bargaining agreement covering any of the Registrant's employees.

     6.  Seasonality

         The Registrant's sales currently are not subject to material seasonal
     fluctuations although no assurance can be given that seasonal fluctuations
     will not develop, especially during the holiday season in the United States
     and Latin America. See "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of
     Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Quarterly Data;
     Seasonality."

     7.  Financial Information about Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export 
         Sales

         For the fiscal years ended June 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997, approximately
     21%, 37%, and 45%, respectively, of the Registrant's sales were to
     customers for export principally into Latin America. These customers
     historically have been serviced through the Registrant's Miami, Florida
     warehouse facility with sales denominated in U.S. dollars. Subsequent to
     June 30, 1997, the Registrant opened a sales office in Bogota, Columbia.

     Item 2.  PROPERTIES

         The Registrant maintains its executive offices at 4916 North Royal
     Atlanta Drive in Tucker, Georgia, where 112 of its sales employees are also
     located. The Registrant leases its executive, administrative and sales
     office from Royal Park Company, a Georgia general partnership comprised of
     certain minority stockholders of the Registrant. The lease expires in
     October 1999 after an 8-year term and supersedes the original 15-year lease
     entered into in 1984 between the Registrant's predecessor and Royal Park
     Company. The facility consists of approximately 30,000 square feet, with an
     annual rental of approximately $176,000 through October 1, 1999, subject to
     increase based upon periodic changes in the Consumer Price Index. The
     Registrant has a right of first refusal to purchase the facility should it
     be offered for sale. The Registrant believes that the lease is on terms no
     less favorable than those available from unaffiliated parties.

         The Registrant maintains warehouse facilities in Atlanta, Georgia, City
     of Industry, California, and Miami, Florida. The Registrant's distribution
     facility in Atlanta, Georgia consists of approximately 100,000 square feet
     subject to a lease expiring January 31, 1999. The Registrant also leases
     additional warehouse and sales office space near its executive,
     administrative and sales office in Atlanta. The Registrant believes there
     is sufficient additional warehouse and sales office space available for
     lease at reasonable prices near its principal facility in the event the
     Registrant's growth plans so require.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
         On January 10, 1996, the Registrant amended the lease pertaining to its
     sales and distribution facility, located in the Beacon Centre Technology
     Park in Miami, Florida to allow the Registrant to relocate such facility to
     another building within the Beacon Centre complex having a leased space of
     approximately 31,200 square feet (the "Relocation Space"). The monthly rent
     for the Relocation Space is approximately $17,000 and the term of the lease
     pertaining thereto expires on March 31, 2001. On July 24, 1996, the
     Registrant executed an amendment to the lease which allowed the Registrant
     to expand the space subject to the lease by approximately 30,000 square
     feet (the "Expansion Space"). The monthly rent for the Expansion Space is
     approximately $17,000 and the lease term pertaining thereto expires on
     March 31, 2001. The aggregate monthly rent for the Miami facility is,
     therefore, $34,000.

         On April 1, 1997, the Registrant began leasing an approximately 50,000-
     square foot facility in City of Industry, California. The City of Industry
     facility serves as a distribution center for the Registrant. Payments under
     the lease will total approximately $18,000 for each of the first thirty-six
     months of the lease and will then increase to $19,669 per month. Pursuant
     to its terms, the lease will expire on March 31, 2002, unless the
     Registrant elects to exercise its option to renew the lease for one
     additional five-year period. Besides the leased premises, the Registrant is
     currently using an additional space in the same property of approximately
     50,000 square feet. The Registrant does not have a lease with respect to
     the additional space, and is not paying any rent for the use of such space.
     The Registrant is in the process of negotiating a lease for the additional
     space at this time.

         The Registrant intends to begin operating a distribution and
     configuration center to perform certain configuration services in
     connection with products distributed by the Registrant. The facility is
     located in Stone Mountain, Georgia, and it consists of approximately 40,160
     square feet. The Registrant will begin leasing the facility on October 1,
     1997, and the lease will terminate on September 30, 2000, unless the
     Registrant exercises its option to renew the lease for an additional three-
     year period. The Registrant may also terminate the lease upon completion of
     each year of the lease by paying any unamortized brokers' fee payable with
     respect to the lease. Rent under the lease is $11,982 per month.

         The Registrant believes that suitable replacement facilities can be
     obtained on comparable terms if lease extentions are not negotiated. The
     Registrant anticipates that additional space will be required as business
     expands and believes that it will be able to obtain suitable space as
     needed.

     Item 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         The Registrant is involved in litigation relating to claims arising out
     of its operations in the normal course of business. The Registrant is not
     currently engaged in any legal proceedings that are expected, individually
     or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the Registrant.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
     Item 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

         Not applicable.

     Item 4(A).  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

         The executive officers of the Registrant, their ages and their present
     positions are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
Name              Age  Position
- ----              ---  --------
<S>               <C>  <C>
Gerald Diamond     59  Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer
                         and Director of the Registrant and SED
                         International

Ray D. Risner      52  President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
                         of the Registrant and SED International

Larry G. Ayers     51  Vice President-Finance, Chief Financial Officer,
                         Secretary and Treasurer of the Registrant and
                         SED International

Mark Diamond       32  Executive Vice President and Director of the
                         Registrant and SED International

Jean Diamond       56  Vice President-Credit of SED International
</TABLE>

         Gerald Diamond.  Mr. Diamond has been a director of the Registrant
     since 1980 and currently serves as Chairman of the Board and Chief
     Executive Officer of the Registrant and SED International. He was elected
     President and Chairman of the Board of the Registrant and SED International
     in June 1986 and has served in two or more capacities as Chairman of the
     Board, Chief Executive Officer and President of the Registrant and SED
     International from that time up until May 1995. Mr. Diamond founded the
     predecessor to the Registrant and served as its President and Treasurer
     from July 1980 through July 1986. Mr. Diamond has been in the electronics-
     related business for over 35 years. Mr. Diamond is the husband of Jean
     Diamond and the father of Mark Diamond.

         Ray D. Risner.  Mr. Risner has been a director of the Registrant since
     November 1994 and has served as President and Chief Operating Officer of
     the Registrant since May 1995. Mr. Risner served as Executive Vice
     President-Administration from February 1995 to May 1995. He has served as
     President and Chief Operating Officer of SED International since August
     1995. Mr. Risner served as Vice Chairman of RJM Group, Inc., a private
     investment advisory firm, from 1989 to 1994. From 1987 to 1989, he served
     as Vice President, Financial Administration of RJR Nabisco, Inc. Mr. Risner
     is also a trustee and Vice Chairman of The National Faculty and a member of
     the Board of American Red Cross Chapter, Atlanta, Georgia.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
         Larry G. Ayers. Mr. Ayers was elected Vice President-Finance, Secretary
     and Treasurer of the Registrant in August 1986 and Chief Financial Officer
     in November 1989. He was elected Vice President-Finance and Treasurer of
     SED International in June 1986, Secretary in August 1986 and Chief
     Financial Officer in November 1989. Mr. Ayers served as Vice President-
     Finance of the predecessor to the Registrant from May 1986 through July
     1986, and as an independent financial consultant from September 1985
     through May 1986. Mr. Ayers served as the Treasurer of Aaron Rents, Inc., a
     furniture rental and sales company, from 1982 through September 1985 and as
     an accountant with Touche Ross & Co., a national accounting firm, from 1970
     through 1982.
 
         Mark Diamond.  Mr. Diamond has been a director of the Registrant since
     September 1996. He has been employed by the Registrant in various
     capacities since January 1987. In July 1995, Mr. Diamond was elected
     Executive Vice President of the Registrant and in August 1995 was elected
     Executive Vice President of SED International. Mark Diamond is the son of
     Gerald Diamond and Jean Diamond.

         Jean Diamond.  Ms. Diamond was elected Vice President - Credit of SED
     International in August 1994.  From 1986 to August 1994, she served as
     Manager of Credit of SED International. Jean Diamond is the wife of Gerald
     Diamond and the mother of Mark Diamond.

                                    PART II

     Item 5.  MARKET FOR COMPANY'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

         (a)  Market Information.

         The following table sets forth the range of high and low sale prices
     per share for the Registrant's Common Stock as reported by the Nasdaq
     National Market, where the stock trades under the symbol "SECX," for the
     periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
Fiscal Year    Period          High    Low
- -----------    ------          ----    ---
<S>            <C>             <C>     <C>
1996           First Quarter   $ 6.50  $ 5.00
               Second Quarter    6.25    4.63
               Third Quarter     6.25    4.75
               Fourth Quarter    6.88    5.00
</TABLE>

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 

Fiscal Year    Period          High    Low
- -----------    ------          ----    ---
<S>            <C>             <C>     <C>
1997           First Quarter   $ 9.50  $ 5.38
               Second Quarter   12.63    8.50
               Third Quarter    12.50    7.81
               Fourth Quarter   13.38    8.25
</TABLE>

         (b)  Holders.

         As of August 31, 1997, there were 193 holders of record of the Common
     Stock. Management of the Registrant believes that there are in excess of
     400 beneficial holders of Common Stock.

         (c)  Dividends.

         The Registrant has never declared or paid cash dividends on its Common
     Stock. The Registrant currently intends to retain earnings to finance the
     growth and development of its business and does not anticipate paying cash
     dividends in the foreseeable future. Future policy with respect to payment
     of dividends on the Common Stock will be determined by the Board of
     Directors based upon conditions then existing, including the Registrant's
     earnings and financial condition, capital requirements and other relevant
     factors. SED International, the earnings of which would be the primary
     source of any dividend payments, and the Registrant are parties to a
     revolving credit agreement which contains certain financial covenants that
     may impact the Registrant's ability to pay dividends should it choose to do
     so. See "Item 7. Management's Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
     of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources."

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
     Item 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

         The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data for
     each of the five years ended June 30, 1997, derived from the Registrant's
     Audited Consolidated Financial Statements. 
     
     The following data should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated
     Financial Statements and the Notes thereto appearing elsewhere herein,
     as well as "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
     Condition and Results of Operations", and "Item 1. Business."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Years Ended June 30,
                                       ------------------------------------------------
                                             (In thousands, except per share data)

                                         1993      1994      1995      1996      1997
                                       --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
<S>                                    <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Statement of Income Data:

Net Sales...........................   $249,472  $296,173  $398,753  $468,298  $646,336

Cost of Sales.......................    223,122   271,982   370,548   438,837   607,437
                                       --------  --------  --------  --------  --------

Gross profit........................     26,350    24,191    28,205    29,461    38,899

Selling, general and administrative
   expenses.........................     13,015    14,448    19,104    19,493    23,941
                                       --------  --------  --------  --------  --------

Operating income....................     13,335     9,743     9,101     9,968    14,958

Interest expense, net...............         20       193       688       902     2,128
                                       --------  --------  --------  --------  --------

Earnings before income taxes........     13,315     9,550     8,413     9,066    12,830

Income taxes........................      4,929     3,606     3,191     3,516     4,925
                                       --------  --------  --------  --------  --------

Net earnings........................   $  8,386  $  5,944  $  5,222  $  5,550  $  7,905
                                       ========  ========  ========  ========  ========

Net earnings per share..............   $   1.13  $   0.81  $   0.74  $   0.76  $   1.04

Weighted average common shares
 outstanding........................      7,427     7,355     7,069     7,280     7,634

<CAPTION>

                                                           At June 30
                                       ------------------------------------------------
                                         1993      1994      1995      1996      1997
                                       --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
<S>                                    <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Balance Sheet Data:

Working capital.....................   $ 20,099  $ 25,489  $ 41,355  $ 40,496  $ 79,350

Total assets........................     56,290    65,572    87,375   131,305   197,329

Total debt..........................      9,258        --    11,500    10,610    56,000

Stockholders' equity................     23,281    29,348    34,633    41,650    48,896
</TABLE>

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
     Item 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
              RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following discussion should be read in conjunction with, and
     qualified in its entirety by, the Consolidated Financial Statements of the
     Registrant and the Notes thereto and the Selected Financial Data, included
     in this Form 10-K. Historical operating results are not necessarily
     indicative of trends in operating results for any future period.

     OVERVIEW
 
         The Registrant is a leading international distributor of microcomputer
     products, including personal computers, printers and other peripherals and
     networking products throughout the United States and Latin America. The
     Registrant believes it is the fourth largest microcomputer products
     distributor in the United States, where it recently has expanded its vendor
     lines, sales force and warehouse locations, and a leading microcomputer
     products distributor to Latin America, one of the fastest growing markets
     in the world for personal computers. Over the past two years, the
     Registrant has transformed itself from a regional United States distributor
     into an international distributor with leading brand name vendor lines, a
     nationwide presence in the United States and a leadership position in Latin
     America. In fiscal 1997, the Registrant's net sales to customers in the
     United States represented approximately 55.0% of total net sales and net
     sales for export to Latin America represented approximately 45.0% of total
     net sales. Net sales of microcomputer products generated approximately
     91.0% of total net sales and wireless telephone products represented the
     remaining 9.0% for fiscal 1997.
 
         While the microcomputer products distribution industry has experienced
     significant growth in recent years, the competitive environment has
     simultaneously become more intense, leading to accelerating industry
     consolidation and declining gross margins. As a result, the Registrant has
     placed greater emphasis on the conservative management of relative selling,
     general and administrative expenses to offset potential declines in
     operating margins. Over the last four fiscal years, the Registrant has
     reduced selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net
     sales to 3.7% in fiscal 1997 from 5.2% in fiscal 1993. Although the
     Registrant has successfully controlled these expenses as a percentage of
     net sales over the last four fiscal years, there can be no assurance that
     it will be able to do so in the future. The Registrant also anticipates
     some quarterly fluctuations in these expenses from the transition period
     following the closing of future business acquisitions, both in the United
     States and in Latin America.
 
         As a result of a transaction with Globelle in June 1997, the Registrant
     has acquired the distribution rights for certain significant vendor lines
     in the United States, including Hewlett-Packard and Intel, and subsequently
     hired 36 experienced salespeople formerly with Globelle to benefit from
     their pre-existing customer relationships. In addition, the Registrant
     anticipates entering into additional authorized United States distributor
     agreements for other product lines previously sold by Globelle. Because the
     Globelle transaction was not an acquisition of a going business concern,
     management expects a transition period following the closing of that
     transaction during which the newly-hired former salespeople of Globelle and
     their respective customer base are acclimated to the Registrant's policies,
     procedures and product offerings and the inventory of new product lines is
     stocked at the Registrant's warehouses. The Globelle transaction affords
     the Registrant the opportunity to leverage a national sales presence with
     its strategically located national warehouses, thereby providing timely and
     efficient product distribution to its customers located anywhere in the
     United States. As a result of the Globelle transaction, the Registrant
     expects to incur one-time after tax start-up costs of approximately
     $900,000 during its first fiscal quarter ending September 30, 1997. This
     charge reflects the costs associated with hiring new salespeople, opening
     new sales offices and other related items.
     
         Beginning in December 1995, the Registrant substantially increased its
     sales to Latin America with the acquisition of U.S. Computer. As a result
     of this acquisition and the Registrant's increased focus on the region,
     sales to Latin America have increased to $290.7 million or 45.0% of total
     net sales in fiscal 1997 from $14.3 million in fiscal 1994. Gross margins
     for sales to Latin America generally are lower than those in the United
     States primarily due to lower product prices required to absorb additional
     costs from a relatively more layered distribution channel. Selling, general
     and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales, however,
     generally are lower primarily due to larger average customer orders
     resulting in fewer Registrant resources required for customer support. The
     Registrant's resulting operating margins for sales to Latin America
     generally are similar to those in the United States.
 
         The Registrant derives all of its operating income and cash flow from
     SED International, which is organized in and operates from the United
     States. Consequently, all purchases and sales of inventory are in United
     States dollars. As the Registrant expands internationally to establish an
     in-country presence throughout Latin America, the Registrant may begin
     buying and selling inventory using locally denominated currencies. The use
     of foreign currencies could subject the Registrant to the risk of currency
     fluctuations, which the Registrant may seek to limit through hedging
     activities.
     
     RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
         The following table sets forth, for the periods presented, the
     percentage of net sales represented by certain items in the Registrant's
     Consolidated Statements of Earnings:
     
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             YEAR ENDED JUNE
                                                                   30,
                                                            -------------------
                                                            1995   1996   1997
                                                            -----  -----  -----
<S>                                                         <C>    <C>    <C>
Net sales.................................................. 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Cost of sales, including buying and occupancy expenses.....  92.9   93.7   94.0
                                                            -----  -----  -----
Gross profit...............................................   7.1    6.3    6.0
Selling, general and administrative expenses...............   4.8    4.2    3.7
                                                            -----  -----  -----
Operating income...........................................   2.3    2.1    2.3
Interest expense, net......................................   0.2    0.2    0.3
                                                            -----  -----  -----
Earnings before income taxes...............................   2.1    1.9    2.0
Income taxes...............................................   0.8    0.7    0.8
                                                            -----  -----  -----
Net earnings...............................................   1.3%   1.2%   1.2%
                                                            =====  =====  =====
</TABLE>
 
   Fiscal 1997 Compared to Fiscal 1996
 
         Net sales increased 38.0%, or $178.0 million, to $646.3 million in
     fiscal 1997 compared to $468.3 million in fiscal 1996. This growth resulted
     from an increase in both United States net sales and net sales to customers
     for export principally into Latin America. Net sales in the United States
     increased approximately 19.8%, or $58.8 million, to $355.6 million in
     fiscal 1997 compared to $296.8 million in fiscal 1996, primarily due to
     increased sales of mass storage products. Net sales for export increased
     69.5%, or $119.2 million, to $290.7 million in fiscal 1997 compared to
     $171.5 million in fiscal 1996, primarily due to the December 1995
     acquisition of U.S. Computer and the Registrant's increased focus on Latin
     America. Sales of microcomputer products represented approximately 91.0% of
     the Registrant's fiscal 1997 net sales compared to 91.7% for fiscal 1996.
     Sales of wireless telephone products accounted for approximately 9.0% of
     the Registrant's fiscal 1997 net sales compared to 8.3% for fiscal 1996.
     
         Gross profit increased 32.0%, or $9.4 million, to $38.9 million in
     fiscal 1997 compared to $29.5 million in fiscal 1996. Gross profit as a
     percentage of net sales decreased to 6.0% in fiscal 1997 from 6.3% in
     fiscal 1996. The dollar increase in gross profit relates directly to the
     increase in net sales. The decrease in the gross profit percentage was
     primarily due to continued highly competitive pricing and a higher
     proportion of total net sales for export.
     
         Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 22.8%, or $4.4
     million, to $23.9 million in fiscal 1997, compared to $19.5 million in
     fiscal 1996. These expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased to 3.7%
     in fiscal 1997 compared to 4.2% in fiscal 1996. The dollar increase in
     these expenses was primarily due to increased salaries and commissions for
     salespeople and expanded sales and distribution facilities. The percentage
     decrease in these expenses was primarily due to the Registrant's ability to
     control variable costs over a larger sales base and a greater proportion of
     the Registrant's business derived from Latin America, which generally has
     lower selling, general and administrative expenses than in the United
     States.
 
         Net interest expense increased 135.9%, or $1.2 million, to $2.1 million
     in fiscal 1997 compared to $902,000 in fiscal 1996. Interest expense as a
     percentage of net sales increased to 0.3% in fiscal 1997 compared to 0.2%
     in fiscal 1996. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to
     borrowing costs associated with funding increased levels of working
     capital.
 
         Income tax expense was recorded at an effective annual rate of 38.4% in
     fiscal 1997 compared to 38.8% in fiscal 1996. The decrease in the effective
     rate in fiscal 1997 relates primarily to slightly lower state income taxes
     net of federal income tax benefit, offset by slightly higher non-deductible
     goodwill amortization expense.
     
       Fiscal 1996 Compared to Fiscal 1995
 
         Net sales increased 17.4%, or $69.5 million, to $468.3 million in
     fiscal 1996 compared to $398.8 million in fiscal 1995. This growth resulted
     from an increase in net sales for export principally into Latin America,
     offset by a decrease in United States net sales. United States net sales
     decreased 5.7%, or $18.0 million, to $296.8 million in fiscal 1996 compared
     to $314.8 million in fiscal 1995, primarily due to a temporary industry
     shortage of certain disk drive products. Net sales for export increased
     104.2%, or $87.5 million, to $171.5 million in fiscal 1996 compared to
     $84.0 million in fiscal 1995, primarily as a result of the December 1995
     acquisition of U.S. Computer. Sales of microcomputer products represented
     approximately 91.7% of the Registrant's fiscal 1996 net sales compared to
     90.9% for fiscal 1995. Sales of wireless telephone products accounted for
     approximately 8.3% of the Registrant's fiscal 1996 net sales compared to
     9.1% for fiscal 1995.
       
         Gross profit increased 4.5%, or $1.3 million, to $29.5 million in
     fiscal 1996, compared to $28.2 million in fiscal 1995. Gross profit as a
     percentage of net sales decreased to 6.3% in fiscal 1996 from 7.1% in
     fiscal 1995. The dollar increase in gross profit relates directly to the
     increase in net sales. The decrease in the gross profit percentage was
     primarily due to continued highly competitive pricing and a significantly
     higher proportion of total net sales for export.
 
         Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 2.0%, or
     $389,000 to $19.5 million in fiscal 1996 compared to $19.1 million in
     fiscal 1995. These expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased to 4.2%
     in fiscal 1996 compared to 4.8% in fiscal 1995. The dollar increase in
     these expenses was primarily due to increased salaries and commissions for
     salespeople. The percentage decrease in these expenses was primarily due to
     the Registrant's ability to control variable costs over a larger sales base
     and a greater proportion of the Registrant's business derived from Latin
     America, which generally has lower selling, general and administrative
     expenses than in the United States.
     
         Net interest expense increased 31.1%, or $214,000, to $902,000 in
     fiscal 1996 compared to $688,000 in fiscal 1995. Net interest expense as a
     percentage of net sales was 0.2% for both fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1995. The
     dollar increase in interest expense was primarily due to borrowing costs
     associated with funding increased levels of working capital.
     
         Income tax expense was recorded at an effective annual rate of 38.8% in
     fiscal 1996 compared to 37.9% in fiscal 1995. The increase in the fiscal
     1996 effective rate relates primarily to non-deductible goodwill
     amortization expense resulting from the Registrant's December 1995
     acquisition of U.S. Computer.
 
     QUARTERLY DATA; SEASONALITY
 
         The following table sets forth certain unaudited quarterly historical
     consolidated financial data for each of the Registrant's last eight fiscal
     quarters ended June 30, 1997. This unaudited quarterly information has been
     prepared on the same basis as the annual information presented elsewhere
     herein and, in the Registrant's opinion, includes all adjustments
     (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair
     presentation of the selected quarterly information. This information should
     be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes
     thereto included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The operating results for
     any quarter shown are not necessarily indicative of results for any future
     period.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                QUARTER ENDED
                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         SEPTEMBER 30, DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30, DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, JUNE 30,
                             1995          1995       1996      1996       1996          1996       1997      1997
                         ------------- ------------ --------- -------- ------------- ------------ --------- --------
                                                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                      <C>           <C>          <C>       <C>      <C>           <C>          <C>       <C>
Net sales...............   $109,993      $101,865   $117,261  $139,179   $160,114      $153,286   $165,168  $167,768
Gross profit............      6,608         6,859      7,440     8,554      9,001         9,840      9,857    10,201
Operating income........      1,901         2,345      2,619     3,103      3,302         3,581      4,014     4,061
Net earnings............      1,010         1,354      1,469     1,717      1,818         1,945      2,010     2,132
Earnings per share......       0.14          0.19       0.20      0.23       0.24          0.25       0.27      0.28
</TABLE>
 
         Although the Registrant does not presently experience any material
     quarterly seasonality for its sales, the Registrant anticipates some
     seasonality in net sales and net income occurring within the second and
     third fiscal quarters as a result of increased holiday sales during those
     periods, especially with respect to sales to Latin America.
 
     LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
         The Registrant's liquidity requirements arise primarily from the
     funding of working capital needs, including inventories and trade accounts
     receivable. Historically, the Registrant has financed its liquidity needs
     largely through internally generated funds, borrowings under its credit
     agreement and vendor lines of credit. The Registrant derives all of its
     operating income and cash flow from its subsidiary and relies on payments
     from its subsidiary to generate the funds necessary to meet its
     obligations. As the Registrant pursues its growth strategy and acquisition
     opportunities both in the United States and in Latin America, management
     believes that exchange controls in certain countries may limit the ability
     of the Registrant's present and future subsidiaries in those countries to
     make payments to the Registrant.
     
         Operating activities used $29.0 million, provided $2.2 million, and
     used $10.0 million of cash in fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The
     use of cash in fiscal 1997 resulted primarily from increases of $12.5
     million in accounts receivable and $40.3 million in inventory partially
     offset by net earnings of $7.9 million and a $12.6 million increase in
     accounts payable. The source of cash in fiscal 1996 resulted primarily from
     net earnings of $5.6 million and a $27.4 million increase in accounts
     payable, offset by increases of $15.9 million in accounts receivable and
     $17.8 million in inventory. The use of cash in fiscal 1995 resulted
     primarily from increases of $7.7 million in accounts receivable and $14.7
     million in inventory partially offset by net earnings of $5.2 million and a
     $4.5 million increase in accounts payable.
 
         Investing activities used $15.5 million, $1.4 million and $1.5 million
     of cash in fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The significant use of
     cash in fiscal 1997 was primarily for the purchase of certain distribution
     rights and equipment from Globelle for $13.0 million. The remaining use of
     cash in fiscal 1997, as well as the use of cash in fiscal 1996 and 1995 was
     primarily due to the upgrade of the Registrant's computer and telephone
     systems as well as the expansion of warehouse and other facilities in each
     year.
 
         Financing activities provided $44.6 million, used $882,000 and provided
     $11.5 million of cash in fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. These
     activities related primarily to borrowings and repayments under the
     Registrant's revolving credit facility then in effect. Additionally, in
     fiscal 1997 the Registrant repurchased 200,000 shares of Common Stock for
     approximately $1.3 million in an open market transaction under a stock buy-
     back program previously authorized by the Board of Directors.
     
         The Registrant and SED International are parties to a credit agreement
     (the "Credit Agreement") with its lenders, which provides for a secured
     line of credit of $100.0 million and expires on August 13, 2000. The
     Registrant may borrow at the prime rate offered by Wachovia Bank, N.A.
     (8.50% at August 31, 1997) or the Registrant may fix the interest rate for
     periods of 30 to 180 days under various interest rate options. The Credit
     Agreement requires a commitment fee of 0.25% of the unused commitment. The
     Credit Agreement is secured by accounts receivable and inventory and
     requires maintenance of certain minimum working capital and other financial
     ratios and has certain dividend restrictions. The Credit Agreement expires
     in August 2000. At August 31, 1997, the Registrant had principal borrowings
     of $55.0 million under the Credit Agreement at a weighted average interest
     rate of 8.57% per annum. Average borrowings, maximum borrowings and the
     weighted average interest rate for fiscal 1997 were $28.7 million, $56.0
     million and 7.60%, respectively. The Registrant intends to use the net
     proceeds of the Offering to repay outstanding indebtedness under the Credit
     Agreement.

         Management believes that the Credit Agreement, as amended, together
     with vendor lines of credit and internally generated funds, will be
     sufficient to satisfy its working capital needs during fiscal 1998. The
     Credit Agreement permits up to $30.0 million to be borrowed for the purpose
     of financing acquisitions, subject to a limitation of $15.0 million for any
     one acquisition, and further subject to compliance with the other terms of
     the Credit Agreement.
     
     INFLATION AND PRICE LEVELS
 
         Inflation has not had a significant impact on the Registrant's business
     because of the typically decreasing costs of products sold by the
     Registrant. The Registrant also receives vendor price protection for a
     significant portion of its inventory. In the event a vendor reduces its
     prices for goods purchased by the Registrant prior to the Registrant's sale
     of such goods, the Registrant generally has been able either to receive a
     credit from the vendor for the price differential or to return the goods to
     the vendor for a credit against the purchase price. As the Registrant
     pursues its growth strategy to acquire businesses and assets in foreign
     countries, the Registrant may operate in certain countries that have
     experienced high rates of inflation and hyperinflation. At this time,
     management does not expect that inflation will have a material impact on
     the Registrant's business in the immediate future.


                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
         This Form 10-K contains certain "forward-looking statements" within the
     meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
     "Securities Act"), which represent the Registrant's expectations or
     beliefs, including, but not limited to, statements concerning sales of the
     Registrant's products and operating income. When used in this Form 10-K,
     the words "may," "could," "should," "would," "believe," "anticipate,"
     "estimate," "intend," "plan" and similar expressions are intended to
     identify forward-looking statements. These statements by their nature
     involve substantial risks and uncertainties, certain of which are beyond
     the Registrant's control. The Registrant cautions that various factors,
     including the factors described under the captions "Management's Discussion
     and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" as well as
     general economic conditions and industry trends, the level of acquisition
     opportunities available to the Registrant and the Registrant's ability to
     negotiate the terms of such acquisitions on a favorable basis, a dependence
     upon and/or loss of key vendors or customers, the loss of strategic product
     shipping relationships, customer demand, product availability, competition
     (including pricing and availability), concentrations of credit risks,
     distribution efficiencies, capacity constraints and technological
     difficulties could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially
     from those expressed in any forward-looking statements of the Registrant
     made by or on behalf of the Registrant. Any forward-looking statement
     speaks only as of the date on which such statement is made, and the
     Registrant undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement
     or statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which
     such statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of an unanticipated
     event. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for
     management to predict all of such factors. Further, management cannot
     assess the impact of each such factor on the business or the extent to
     which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to
     differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

     Item 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

         The consolidated financial statements of the Registrant, notes thereto,
     and independent auditors' report thereon are filed herewith.

     Item 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
              FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         None.

                                   PART III

     Item 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

         Information regarding the Registrant's directors is incorporated herein
     by reference to the section of the Registrant's Proxy Statement for the
     Annual Meeting of Stockholders scheduled for November 11, 1997 (the "Proxy
     Statement") entitled "Proposal 1 - Election of Directors."

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
         Information regarding the Registrant's executive officers is
     incorporated herein by reference to Item 4(A) of Part I of this Form 10-K.

     Item 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         Information regarding the Registrant's compensation of its executive
     officers and directors is incorporated herein by reference to the sections
     of the Proxy Statement entitled "Proposal 1 -Election of Directors" and
     "Executive Compensation".

     Item 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

         Information regarding the security ownership of certain beneficial
     owners and management of the Registrant is incorporated by reference to the
     section of the Proxy Statement entitled "Ownership of Shares".

     Item 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions is
     incorporated herein by reference to the section of the Proxy Statement
     entitled "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation."

                                    PART IV

     Item 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

         (a)   The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

               1.  Financial Statements. The following financial statements and
                   the report of the Registrant's independent auditors thereon,
                   are filed herewith.

                   -  Independent Auditors' Report
 
                   -  Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 1996 and 1997
 
                   -  Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended
                      June 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997
                                  
                   -  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the
                      years ended June 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
                   -  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
                      June 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997
 
                   -  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
               2.  Financial Statement Schedules.
 
                   -  Schedules:
 
                      Schedule                          Description
                                              ---------------------------------
                         II                   Valuation and Qualifying Accounts


                   Schedules other than the Schedule presented are omitted
                   because the information required is not applicable or the
                   required information is shown in the consolidated financial
                   statements or notes thereto.

               3.  Exhibits Incorporated by Reference or Filed with this Report.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
Exhibit                                
Number                                Description
- ------   -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>      <S>
3.1      Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of Southern Electronics
         Corporation (the "Registrant").(1)
       
3.2      Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant.(2)
       
4.1      See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 for provisions of the Certificate of
         Incorporation, as amended, and Amended and Restated By-Laws of the
         Registrant defining rights of holders of Common Stock of the
         Registrant.
       
4.2      Form of Rights Agreement, dated as of October 31, 1996 between the
         Registrant and National City Bank (3)
       
10.1     Form of Lease Agreement dated as of January 1, 1991 between Royal Park
         Registrant and SED International, Inc. (Formerly Southern Electronics
         Distributors, Inc.) ("SED International")(4)
       
10.2     Lease Agreement dated May 16, 1990 between The Equitable Life
         Assurance Society of the United States and SED International(5), as
         amended March 20, 1992.(6)
</TABLE> 

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

Exhibit                                
Number                                Description
- ------   -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>      <S>       
10.3     Lease Agreement dated September 16, 1989 between Industrial
         Distribution Group, Inc.  and SED International(7), as amended August
         19, 1991.(8)
       
10.4     Lease Agreement dated January 15, 1992 between SED International and
         RW Building One Associates.(9)
       
10.5     Southern Electronics Corporation 1986 Stock Option Plan dated
         September 3, 1986, together with related forms of Incentive Stock
         Option Agreement and NonQualified Stock Option Agreement.(10)/*/

10.6     Form of First Amendment dated September 14, 1989 to Southern
         Electronics Corporation 1986 Stock Option Plan.(11)/*/
        
10.7     Second Amendment dated November 7, 1989 to Southern Electronics
         Corporation 1996 Stock Option Plan.(12)/*/
        
10.8     Third Amendment dated July 17, 1992 to Southern Electronics
         Corporation 1986 Stock  Option Plan.(13)/*/
        
10.9     Southern Electronics Corporation 1988 Restricted Stock Plan, together
         with related form of Restricted Stock Agreement.(14)/*/
        
10.10    First Amendment dated November 7, 1989 to Southern Electronics
         Corporation 1988 Restricted Stock Plan.(15)/*/
        
10.11    Second Amendment dated July 17, 1992 to Southern Electronics
         Corporation 1988 Restricted Stock Plan.(16)/*/
        
10.12    Form of Southern Electronics Corporation 1991 Stock Option Plan,
         together with related forms of Incentive Stock Option Agreement and
         NonQualified Stock Option Agreement.  (17) /*/
        
10.13    First Amendment dated July 17, 1992 to Southern Electronics
         Corporation 1991 Stock Option Plan.(18)/*/
        
10.14    Second Amendment dated August 30, 1996 to Southern Electronics
         Corporation 1991 Stock Option Plan.(19)
        
10.17    Form of NonQualified Stock Option Agreement dated as of August 28,
         1992 between the Registrant and Cary Rosenthal.(20)/*/
        
10.18    Form of NonQualified Stock Option Agreement dated as of August 28,
         1992 between the Registrant and G. William Speer.(21)/*/
</TABLE> 

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

Exhibit                                
Number                                Description
- ------   -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>      <S>        
10.19    Employment Agreements dated November 7, 1989, between the Registrant,
         SED International and each of Gerald Diamond and Jean Diamond (22)/*/,
         each as amended by form of Amendment No. 1 dated September 24,
         1991.(23)/*/

10.20    SED International, Inc. Savings Plan effective as of January 1, 1991,
         together with Savings Plan Trust and Savings Plan Adoption
         Agreement.(24)/*/
        
10.21    Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into with each of the
         directors and officers of the Registrant and SED International.(25)/*/
        
10.22    Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into with each of the
         directors and officers of the Registrant and the Registrant.(26)
        
10.23    Lease Agreement dated November 1992 between H.G. Pattillo and
         Elizabeth M. Pattillo and SED International.(27)
        
10.24    Lease Agreement dated August 9, 1993 between New World Partners Joint
         Venture and SED International and Addendum I thereto ("NWPJV Lease").
         (28)
        
10.25    Second Addendum to NWPJV Lease dated January 10, 1996 among New World
         Partners Joint Venture, New World Partners Joint Venture Number Two
         and SED International. (29)
        
10.26    Third Addendum to NWPJV Lease dated July 24, 1996 between New World
         Partners Joint Venture Number Two and SED International. (30)
        
10.27    Amendment to Lease for 4775 N. Royal Atlanta Drive.(31)
        
10.28    Form of NonQualified Stock Option Agreement dated as of May 21, 1993
         between the Registrant and Cary Rosenthal (see Exhibit 10.17)./*/
        
10.29    Form of NonQualified Stock Option Agreement dated as of May 21, 1993
         between the Registrant and G. William Speer (see Exhibit 10.18)./*/
        
10.30    Form of NonQualified Stock Option Agreement, dated as of September 13,
         1994 between the Registrant and Cary Rosenthal (see Exhibit 10.18)./*/
        
10.31    Form of NonQualified Stock Option Agreement dated as of September 13,
         1994 between the Registrant and G. William Speer (see Exhibit
         10.18)./*/
        
10.32    Form of NonQualified Stock Option Agreement for Directors.(32)
        
10.34    1995 Formula Stock Option Plan, together with related form of
         NonQualified Stock Option Agreement.(33)
</TABLE> 

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
        
Exhibit                                
Number                                Description
- ------   -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>      <S>
10.35    Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated December 14, 1995, among
         USC Acquisition Corporation, U.S.  Computer of North America, Inc.
         and David Steiner.(34)
        
10.36    Adoption Agreement for Swerdlin & Registrant Regional Prototype
         Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, as amended. (35)
         
10.37    Third Amendment dated September 12, 1996 to the Southern Electronics
         Corporation Stock Option Plan (36)
        
10.38    Industrial Real Estate Lease (Multi-Tenant Facility) dated as of March
         6, 1997, between Majestic Realty Co. and Patrician Associates, Inc.,
         as landlord (the "Landlord"), and SED International, as Tenant,
         together with Option to Extend Term dated as of March 26, 1997,
         between the Landlord and SED International, as Tenant.  (37)
        
10.39    Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of June 27, 1997, between SED
         International and Globelle, Inc.  (38)
        
10.40    Lease Agreement made August 11, 1997, between Gwinnett Industries,
         Inc. And SED International.+
        
10.41    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 13, 1997
         among the Registrant and SED International, as Borrowers, Wachovia
         Bank, N.A. and National City Bank of Columbus, as Banks, and Wachovia
         Bank, N.A., as Agent.+

11.1     Statement regarding computation of per share earnings.+

21       Subsidiaries of the Registrant.(39)
        
23       Independent Auditors' Consent.+
        
24       Power of Attorney.  See signature page to this Registration Statement.
        
27       Financial Data Schedule.+
</TABLE>

- -------------------- 
+  Filed herewith.
/*/Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement with one or more
directors or executive officers.

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
 
<C>        <S>
(1)        Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 3.1 to Registrant's
           Annual Report on Form 10K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1995
           (SEC File No. 016345)(the "1995 Form 10K").
          
(2)        Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit of same number to
           Registrant's Registration Statement ("Registration Statement") on
           Form S1, filed September 5, 1986 (Reg. No. 338494).
          
(3)        Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 7 to the Registrant's
           Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 30, 1996.
          
(4)        Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit of same number to
           Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10K for the fiscal year ended
           June 30, 1991 (SEC File No. 016345) ("1991 Form 10K").
          
(5)        Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.8 to Registrant's
           Annual Report on Form 10K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1990
           (SEC File No. 016345) ("1990 Form 10K").
          
(6)        Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.5 to Registrant's
           Annual Report on Form 10K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1992
           (SEC File No. 016345) ("1992 Form 10K").
          
(7)        Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.9 to Registrant's
           1990 Form 10K.
          
(8)        Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.6 to Registrant's
           Registration Statement.
          
(9)        Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.7 to Registrant's
           1992 Form 10K.

(10)       Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.12 to Registrant's
           Registration Statement.
          
(11)       Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.22 to Registrant's
           Annual Report on Form 10K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1988
           (SEC File No. 016345).
          
(12)       Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.25 to Registrant's
           1990 Form 10K.
          
(13)       Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.12 to Registrant's
           1992 Form 10K.
          
(14)       Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.21 to Registrant's
           Annual Report on Form 10K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1988
           (SEC File No. 016345).
          
(15)       Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.26 to Registrant's
           1990 Form 10K.
          
(16)       Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.15 to Registrant's
           1992 Form 10K.
          
(17)       Incorporated herein by reference to Annex A to Registrant's
           definitive Supplemental Proxy Statement dated October 18, 1991 (SEC
           File No. 016345).
</TABLE> 

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 

<C>        <S>      
(18)       Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.17 to Registrant's
           1992 Form 10K.
          
(19)       Incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A to Registrant's Proxy
           Statement pertaining to Registrant's 1995 Annual Meeting of
           Stockholders dated October 1, 1995 (SEC File No. 016345).
          
(20)       Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.18 to Registrant's
           1992 Form 10K.
           
(21)       Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.19 to Registrant's
           1992 Form 10K.
          
(22)       Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 6(a) to Registrant's
           Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the quarterly period ended December
           31, 1989 (SEC File No. 016345).
          
(23)       Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.13 to Registrant's
           1991 Form 10K.
          
(24)       Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.15 to Registrant's
           1991 Form 10K.
          
(25)       Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.16 to Registrant's
           1991 Form 10K.
          
(26)       Incorporated herein by reference to Registrant's 1995 Form 10K.
          
(27)       Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.24 to Registrant's
           Annual Report on Form 10K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1993
           (SEC File No. 016345) ("1993 Form 10K").
          
(28)       Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.25 to Registrant's
           1993 Form 10K.
          
(29)       Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to Registrant's
           Annual Report on Form l0K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996
           (SEC File No. 016345) ("1996 Form 10K")
          
(30)       Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.33 to Registrant's
           1996 Form 10K.
          
(31)       Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.26 to Registrant's
           1995 Form 10K.
          
(32)       Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.29 to Registrant's
           1995 Form 10K.
          
(33)       Incorporated herein by reference to Appendix B to Registrant's Proxy
           Statement pertaining to Registrant's 1995 Annual Meeting of
           Stockholders dated October 1, 1995 (SEC File No. 016345).
          
(34)       Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2 to Registrant's
           Current Report on Form 8K filed with the SEC on December 28, 1995
           (SEC File No. 016345).
          
(35)       Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to Registrant's
           1996 Form 10K.
          
(36)       Incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A to Registrant's Proxy
           Statement pertaining to Registrant's 1996 Annual Meeting of
           Stockholders dated October 1, 1996 (SEC File No. 016345).
</TABLE> 

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 

<C>        <S> 
(37)       Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's
           Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March
           31, 1997.  (SEC File No. 016345)
          
(38)       Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant's Current Report
           on Form 8-K dated June 27, 1997.
          
(39)       Incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 21 to Registrant's 1993
           Form 10K.
           
(b)        Reports on Form 8K.
 
           No reports on Form 8-K were filed by the Registrant during the
           quarter ended June 30, 1997.
</TABLE>

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                        <C>
Independent Auditors' Report.............................................. F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1996 and 1997.................. F-3
Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended June 30, 1995,
 1996 and 1997............................................................ F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended June
 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997.................................................. F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for the years ended June 30, 1995,
 1996 and 1997............................................................ F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................................ F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

Board of Directors
Southern Electronic Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Southern 
Electronics Corporation and subsidiary as of June 30, 1996 and 1997 and the 
related consolidated statements of earnings, stockholders' equity and cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 1997.  Our audits also 
included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at item 14.  These
financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of 
the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these 
financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing 
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by 
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. 
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all 
material respects, the financial position of Southern Electronics Corporation 
and subsidiary as of June 30, 1996 and 1997 and the results of their operations 
and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 
1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.  Also, in our 
opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the 
basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all
material respects the information set forth therein.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP




Atlanta, Georgia
August 13, 1997


                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
                        SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            JUNE 30,
                                                    --------------------------
                                                        1996          1997
                                                    ------------  ------------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>
                      ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents......................... $    662,000  $    783,000
 Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for
  doubtful accounts of $1,141,000 (1996) and
  $1,102,000 (1997)................................   44,621,000    55,745,000
 Inventories.......................................   72,501,000   112,813,000
 Deferred income taxes.............................    1,230,000     1,223,000
 Other current assets..............................      527,000     1,219,000
                                                    ------------  ------------
    Total current assets...........................  119,541,000   171,783,000
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT--Net........................    4,341,000     6,469,000
INTANGIBLES--Net...................................    7,423,000    19,077,000
                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                    $131,305,000  $197,329,000
                                                    ============  ============
       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Trade accounts payable............................ $ 75,508,000  $ 88,070,000
 Income taxes payable..............................      695,000           --
 Accrued and other current liabilities.............    2,842,000     4,363,000
                                                    ------------  ------------
    Total current liabilities......................   79,045,000    92,433,000
REVOLVING BANK DEBT................................   10,610,000    56,000,000
COMMITMENTS (Note 6)
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; 129,500 shares
  authorized, none issued..........................
 Common stock, $.01 par value; 25,000,000 shares
  authorized, 7,444,712 (1996) and 7,522,786 (1997)
  shares issued....................................       74,000        75,000
 Additional paid-in capital........................   12,204,000    12,719,000
 Retained earnings.................................   31,190,000    39,095,000
 Treasury stock at cost, 125,590 (1996) and 325,590
  (1997) shares....................................   (1,390,000)   (2,715,000)
 Prepaid compensation--stock awards................     (428,000)     (278,000)
                                                    ------------  ------------
    Total stockholders' equity.....................   41,650,000    48,896,000
                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                    $131,305,000  $197,329,000
                                                    ============  ============
</TABLE>
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
                        SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                         --------------------------------------
                                             1995         1996         1997
                                         ------------ ------------ ------------
<S>                                      <C>          <C>          <C>
NET SALES............................... $398,753,000 $468,298,000 $646,336,000
COST OF SALES, including buying and
 occupancy expenses.....................  370,548,000  438,837,000  607,437,000
                                         ------------ ------------ ------------
GROSS PROFIT............................   28,205,000   29,461,000   38,899,000
SELLING, GENERAL, AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 EXPENSES...............................   19,104,000   19,493,000   23,941,000
                                         ------------ ------------ ------------
OPERATING INCOME........................    9,101,000    9,968,000   14,958,000
INTEREST EXPENSE--Net...................      688,000      902,000    2,128,000
                                         ------------ ------------ ------------
EARNINGS BEFORE INCOME TAXES............    8,413,000    9,066,000   12,830,000
INCOME TAXES............................    3,191,000    3,516,000    4,925,000
                                         ------------ ------------ ------------
NET EARNINGS............................ $  5,222,000 $  5,550,000 $  7,905,000
                                         ============ ============ ============
NET EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE........... $       0.74 $       0.76 $       1.04
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON AND
 COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARES OUTSTANDING...    7,069,000    7,280,000    7,634,000
</TABLE>
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                        SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            COMMON STOCK                                TREASURY STOCK
                          ------------------ ADDITIONAL               -------------------    PREPAID
                                       PAR     PAID-IN     RETAINED                        COMPENSATION
                           SHARES     VALUE    CAPITAL     EARNINGS   SHARES     COST      STOCK AWARDS
                          ---------  ------- -----------  ----------- ------- -----------  ------------
<S>                       <C>        <C>     <C>          <C>         <C>     <C>          <C>
BALANCE--June 30, 1994..  7,063,947  $71,000 $10,127,000  $20,418,000 105,304 $(1,268,000)  $      --
 Stock awards issued to
  employees.............     54,500              294,000                                     (294,000)
 Amortization of stock
  awards................                                                                       23,000
 Stock options exer-
  cised.................      4,045
 Tax benefit of stock
  awards and options....                         162,000
 Stock awards canceled..     (1,000)              (4,000)                                       4,000
 Treasury stock pur-
  chased................                                               20,286    (122,000)
 Net earnings...........                                    5,222,000
                          ---------  ------- -----------  ----------- ------- -----------   ---------
BALANCE--June 30, 1995..  7,121,492   71,000  10,579,000   25,640,000 125,590  (1,390,000)   (267,000)
 Stock awards issued to
  employees.............     47,500              261,000                                     (261,000)
 Amortization of stock
  awards................                                                                       95,000
 Stock awards canceled..     (3,500)             (18,000)                                       5,000
 Stock options exer-
  cised.................      4,220                2,000
 Tax benefit of stock
  awards and options....                           8,000
 Stock issued in acqui-
  sition................    275,000    3,000   1,372,000
 Net earnings...........                                    5,550,000
                          ---------  ------- -----------  ----------- ------- -----------   ---------
BALANCE--June 30, 1996..  7,444,712   74,000  12,204,000   31,190,000 125,590  (1,390,000)   (428,000)
 Amortization of stock
  awards................                                                                      122,000
 Stock awards canceled..     (5,000)             (28,000)                                      28,000
 Stock options exer-
  cised.................     83,074    1,000     396,000
 Tax benefit of stock
  awards and options....                         147,000
 Treasury stock pur-
  chased................                                              200,000  (1,325,000)
 Net earnings...........                                    7,905,000
                          ---------  ------- -----------  ----------- ------- -----------   ---------
BALANCE--June 30, 1997..  7,522,786  $75,000 $12,719,000  $39,095,000 325,590 $(2,715,000)  $(278,000)
                          =========  ======= ===========  =========== ======= ===========   =========
</TABLE>
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
                        SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                           1995          1996          1997
                                       ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                    <C>           <C>           <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net earnings........................  $  5,222,000  $  5,550,000  $  7,905,000
 Adjustments to reconcile net
  earnings to net cash provided by
  (used in) operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization......       569,000     1,168,000     1,731,000
  Compensation-stock awards..........        23,000        95,000       122,000
  Provision for losses on accounts
   receivable........................     1,143,000     1,642,000     1,391,000
  Changes in assets and liabilities,
   net of effects of acquired
   business in fiscal 1996:
   Trade accounts receivable.........    (7,709,000)  (15,923,000)  (12,515,000)
   Inventories.......................   (14,716,000)  (17,840,000)  (40,312,000)
   Deferred income taxes.............       492,000       (86,000)        7,000
   Other current assets..............      (108,000)       16,000      (692,000)
   Trade accounts payable............     4,482,000    27,389,000    12,562,000
   Income taxes payable..............        63,000     1,174,000      (695,000)
   Accrued and other current liabili-
    ties.............................       536,000    (1,012,000)    1,521,000
                                       ------------  ------------  ------------
    Net cash provided by (used in)
     operating activities............   (10,003,000)    2,173,000   (28,975,000)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of equipment...............    (1,488,000)   (1,398,000)   (3,521,000)
 Purchase of business, net of cash
  acquired...........................                     (21,000)
 Purchase of distribution rights.....                               (11,992,000)
                                       ------------  ------------  ------------
    Net cash used in investing activ-
     ities...........................    (1,488,000)   (1,419,000)  (15,513,000)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Revolving bank debt net proceeds
  (payments).........................    11,500,000      (892,000)   45,390,000
 Proceeds from issuance of common
  stock..............................                       2,000       397,000
 Tax benefit from stock awards and
  options............................       162,000         8,000       147,000
 Purchase of treasury stock..........      (122,000)                 (1,325,000)
                                       ------------  ------------  ------------
    Net cash provided by (used in)
     financing activities............    11,540,000      (882,000)   44,609,000
                                       ------------  ------------  ------------
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
 EQUIVALENTS.........................        49,000      (128,000)      121,000
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
 Beginning of year...................       741,000       790,000       662,000
                                       ------------  ------------  ------------
 End of year.........................  $    790,000  $    662,000  $    783,000
                                       ============  ============  ============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the year for:
  Interest...........................  $    688,000  $    881,000  $  2,167,000
  Income taxes.......................     2,473,000     2,770,000     5,257,000
</TABLE>
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
                       SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Principles of Consolidation--The consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of Southern Electronics Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary,
SED International, Inc. (formerly Southern Electronics Distributors, Inc.)
(collectively the "Company"). All intercompany accounts and transactions have
been eliminated.
 
Description of Business--The Company is an international wholesale distributor
of microcomputers, computer peripheral products and wireless telephone
products, serving value-added resellers and dealers.
 
Use of Estimates--The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Cash Equivalents--Cash equivalents are short-term investments purchased with a
maturity of three months or less.
 
Inventories--Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out
method) or market and include in-transit inventory of $34,500,000 at June 30,
1996 and $36,200,000 at June 30, 1997.
 
Property and Equipment--Property and equipment are recorded at cost.
Depreciation is computed principally by the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives, five to seven years, of the related assets or the
lease term, whichever is shorter.
 
Intangible Assets--Intangible assets consist primarily of goodwill,
distribution rights, and noncompete agreements. Goodwill represents the excess
of the cost of an acquired business over the fair value of net identifiable
assets acquired and is amortized using the straight-line method principally
over 30 years. Distribution rights are amortized using the straight-line
method over 25 years. Noncompete agreements are amortized using the straight-
line method over five years.
 
Impairment--The Company periodically reviews property and equipment and
intangible assets for impairment based on judgments as to the future
undiscounted cash flows from related operations.
 
Earnings Per Common Share--Earnings per common share have been calculated
based on the weighted average number of common shares and common share
equivalents (principally for stock options) outstanding during each period in
accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion Number ("APB") 15.
 
Newly Issued Accounting Standards--In October 1995, Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards Number ("SFAS") 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation," was issued. The adoption of the new recognition provisions for
stock-based compensation expense included in SFAS 123 is optional; however,
the pro forma effects on net income had the new recognition provisions been
elected is required in financial statements. The Company will continue to
follow the requirements of APB 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,"
in its accounting for employee stock options; therefore, the adoption of SFAS
123 had no impact on the Company's results of operations. The Company adopted
the new disclosure requirements of SFAS 123 in fiscal 1997.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
  SFAS 128, "Earnings Per Share," is effective for both interim and annual
periods ending after December 15, 1997. This Statement simplifies the
standards for computing earnings per share ("EPS") previously found in APB 15.
Presentation of basic and diluted EPS on the income statement will be
required. Basic EPS is computed by dividing income available to common
stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for
the period. Diluted EPS is computed similarly to fully diluted EPS under
APB 15. The Company will adopt this Statement in the second quarter of fiscal
1998. Basic EPS on a pro forma basis for the years ended June 30, 1995, 1996,
and 1997 would be $.75, $.77, and $1.10 respectively. Diluted EPS on a pro
forma basis for each of the three years ended June 30, 1997 would be
approximately equal to EPS as reflected in the accompanying consolidated
statements of earnings.
  SFAS 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income," and 131 "Disclosures about
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information," are effective for fiscal
periods beginning after December 15, 1997 with early adoption permitted. The
Company is evaluating the effects these statements will have on its financial
reporting and disclosures. The statements will have no effect on the Company's
consolidated results of operations or financial position.
 
Reclassifications--Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for
   comparative purposes.
 
2. ACQUISITIONS
 
  Distribution Rights--On June 30, 1997, as a result of a transaction with
Globelle, Inc., a wholesale distributor of microcomputers and related
products, the Company acquired certain domestic distribution rights
(principally for certain Hewlett-Packard products) and equipment for
$12,992,000 in cash. The Company is obligated to pay Globelle up to an
additional $1,350,000 if the Company receives certain other domestic
distribution rights by June 1998.
 
  Business--In December 1995, the Company acquired substantially all of the
assets and assumed certain liabilities of U.S. Computer of North America,
Inc., a distributor of Hewlett-Packard computer products in Latin America, for
approximately $2,640,000, consisting of 275,000 shares of common stock valued
at $1,375,000 and cash of $1,265,000. Liabilities assumed in this acquisition
aggregated $11,250,000. This acquisition has been accounted for using the
purchase method of accounting. Goodwill arising from this acquisition is being
amortized using the straight-line method over 30 years. The operating results
of the acquired business are included in the Company's consolidated statements
of earnings from the date of acquisition.
 
  The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information gives
effect to this acquisition as if the transaction had occurred as of July 1,
1994. The pro forma consolidated information is not necessarily indicative of
the results that would have been reported had the acquisition occurred on such
date, nor is it indicative of the Company's future operations.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                      -------------------------
                                                          1995         1996
                                                      ------------ ------------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
Net sales............................................ $449,972,000 $494,227,000
Net earnings.........................................    3,036,000    5,864,000
Net earnings per common share........................         0.41         0.79
</TABLE>
 
  Special Charge--During the year ended June 30, 1995, the Company incurred
$452,000 of expenses in connection with an attempted merger. These expenses
were recorded as a special charge in that year when the related merger
discussions were terminated.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
3. LONG-TERM ASSETS
 
  Long-term assets are comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                JUNE 30,
                                                         ----------------------
                                                            1996       1997
                                                         ---------- -----------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 Furniture and equipment................................ $5,587,000 $ 8,389,000
 Leasehold improvements.................................  1,154,000   1,387,000
 Other..................................................    216,000     279,000
                                                         ---------- -----------
                                                          6,957,000  10,055,000
 Less accumulated depreciation..........................  2,616,000   3,586,000
                                                         ---------- -----------
                                                         $4,341,000 $ 6,469,000
                                                         ========== ===========
INTANGIBLES
 Distribution rights.................................... $      --  $11,992,000
 Goodwill...............................................  7,243,000   7,243,000
 Non-compete agreements.................................    500,000     500,000
                                                         ---------- -----------
                                                          7,743,000  19,735,000
 Less accumulated amortization..........................    320,000     658,000
                                                         ---------- -----------
                                                         $7,423,000 $19,077,000
                                                         ========== ===========
</TABLE>
 
  Amortization expense of intangibles was $12,000, $188,000, and $338,000, in
the years ended June 30, 1995, 1996, and 1997, respectively.
 
4. REVOLVING BANK DEBT
 
  The Company and SED International have an agreement with two banks, amended
and restated in August 1997, for a $100 million revolving credit facility. At
June 30, 1997, the Company had borrowings of $56,000,000 under the line and
standby letters of credit of $1,350,000 leaving $42,650,000 available under
the borrowing commitment. The Company may borrow at the prime rate offered by
Wachovia Bank, N.A., 8.50% at June 30, 1997, or the Company may fix the
interest rate for periods of 30 to 180 days under various interest rate
options. The Company pays a commitment fee of 1/4% of the unused loan
commitment. The credit facility is secured by accounts receivable and
inventories, requires maintenance of certain minimum working capital and other
financial ratios, and has certain dividend restrictions. This agreement
expires in August 2000.
 
  The carrying value of revolving bank debt at June 30, 1997 approximates its
fair value based on interest rates that are believed to be available to the
Company for debt with similar provisions.
 
5. INCOME TAXES
 
  Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The tax effects of
significant items comprising the Company's current deferred tax assets are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                JUNE 30,
                                                          ---------------------
                                                             1996       1997
                                                          ---------- ----------
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>
Reserves not currently deductible........................ $  573,000 $  789,000
Inventory valuation......................................    438,000    468,000
Other....................................................    219,000    (34,000)
                                                          ---------- ----------
                                                          $1,230,000 $1,223,000
                                                          ========== ==========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
  Components of income tax expense are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                 1995        1996        1997
                                              ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                           <C>         <C>         <C>
Current:
 Federal..................................... $3,280,000  $3,416,000  $4,380,000
 State.......................................    403,000     420,000     538,000
                                              ----------  ----------  ----------
                                               3,683,000   3,836,000   4,918,000
Deferred (Benefit):
 Federal.....................................   (426,000)   (280,000)      6,000
 State.......................................    (66,000)    (40,000)      1,000
                                              ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                (492,000)   (320,000)      7,000
                                              ----------  ----------  ----------
                                              $3,191,000  $3,516,000  $4,925,000
                                              ==========  ==========  ==========
</TABLE>
 
  Income tax benefits relating to the exercise of employee stock awards and
options reduce taxes currently payable and are credited to additional paid-in
capital. Such amounts approximated $162,000, $8,000, and $147,000 for fiscal
1995, 1996, and 1997, respectively.
 
  The Company's effective tax rates differ from statutory rates as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED
                                                                  JUNE 30,
                                                               ----------------
                                                               1995  1996  1997
                                                               ----  ----  ----
<S>                                                            <C>   <C>   <C>
Statutory federal rate........................................ 34.0% 34.0% 34.2%
State income taxes net of federal income tax benefit..........  3.6   3.7   3.3
Non-deductible goodwill amortization..........................  0.1   1.5   1.9
Other.........................................................  0.2  (0.4) (1.0)
                                                               ----  ----  ----
                                                               37.9% 38.8% 38.4%
                                                               ====  ====  ====
</TABLE>
 
6. LEASE OBLIGATIONS
 
  SED International leases its main office facility under an operating lease
with an entity owned by certain minority stockholders of the Company. The
lease currently provides for an annual rent of $176,000 through October 1999,
subject to escalation based upon periodic increases in the Consumer Price
Index.
 
  The Company leases additional distribution center and sales office space
under operating leases. Rent expense under all operating leases for the years
ended June 30, 1995, 1996, and 1997 was $565,000, $663,000, and $949,000,
respectively.
 
  As of June 30, 1997, the future minimum rental commitments under
noncancelable operating leases are:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>
1998................................................................. $1,109,000
1999.................................................................  1,001,446
2000.................................................................    675,000
2001.................................................................    523,000
2002.................................................................    168,000
                                                                      ----------
                                                                      $3,476,446
                                                                      ==========
</TABLE>
 
7. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
  Stock Options--The Company maintains stock option plans under which
1,548,552 shares of common stock have been reserved at June 30, 1997 for
outstanding and future incentive and non-qualified stock option grants to
officers and key employees. Incentive stock options must be granted at not
less than the fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant and
expire 10 years from the date of grant. Non-qualified stock options may be
granted at a price of not less than 85% of the fair market value of the common
stock at the date of grant and expire 10 years from the date of grant. Options
granted under the plans are exercisable in installments ranging from 20% to
33.3% per year. Upon the occurrence of a "change of control" (as defined), all
outstanding options become immediately exercisable.
 
                                     F-10
<PAGE>
 
  Stock option activity and related information under these plans is as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        WEIGHTED
                                                                        AVERAGE
                                                                        EXERCISE
                                                              SHARES     PRICE
                                                             ---------  --------
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>
Shares under options June 30, 1994..........................   835,765   $5.04
 Granted....................................................   127,450    5.45
 Exercised..................................................    (4,045)   0.55
 Canceled...................................................   (79,575)   5.42
                                                             ---------
Shares under options June 30, 1995..........................   879,595    5.09
 Granted....................................................   369,950    5.62
 Exercised..................................................    (4,220)   0.54
 Canceled...................................................   (49,725)   5.63
                                                             ---------
Shares under options June 30, 1996.......................... 1,195,600    5.24
 Granted....................................................   401,200    8.21
 Exercised..................................................   (83,074)   4.77
 Canceled...................................................   (85,940)   6.67
                                                             ---------
Shares under options June 30, 1997.......................... 1,427,786    6.02
                                                             =========
</TABLE>
 
  Additionally, since 1992, the Board of Directors has granted non-qualified
options to purchase 113,000 shares of common stock to certain directors of the
Company at exercise prices ranging from $5.88 to $7.50 (their fair market
value at date of grant). All options granted to directors of the Company are
currently exercisable and expire ten years from the date of grant. No options
have been exercised under such grants.
 
  The following table summarizes information pertaining to all options
outstanding and exercisable at June 30, 1997:
 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      OUTSTANDING OPTIONS        EXERCISABLE OPTIONS
               --------------------------------- --------------------
                             WEIGHTED
                             AVERAGE    WEIGHTED
   RANGE OF                 REMAINING   AVERAGE              AVERAGE
   EXERCISE      NUMBER    CONTRACTUAL  EXERCISE   NUMBER    EXERCISE
    PRICES     OUTSTANDING LIFE (YEARS)  PRICE   EXERCISABLE  PRICE
   --------    ----------- ------------ -------- ----------- --------
 <S>           <C>         <C>          <C>      <C>         <C>
 $4.89-$ 6.00   1,139,586      4.3       $5.33     873,396    $5.22
  7.50- 10.75     401,200      7.7        8.07      30,000     7.50
</TABLE>
 
 
  Fair Value--The weighted average fair value of options granted in fiscal
1996 and 1997 was $1,049,000 and $1,787,000, respectively, using the Black-
Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1996  1997
                                                                     ----  ----
   <S>                                                               <C>   <C>
   Dividend yield...................................................  0.0%  0.0%
   Expected volatility.............................................. 49.3% 49.2%
   Risk free interest rate..........................................  6.0%  6.3%
   Expected life, in years..........................................  6.8   7.6
</TABLE>
 
  Had compensation cost for grants under the Company's stock option plans in
fiscal 1996 and 1997 been determined based on the fair value at grant
consistent with the methods of SFAS 123, the Company's pro forma net earnings
and net earnings per share would have been as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                          ---------------------
                                                             1996       1997
                                                          ---------- ----------
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>
Pro forma net earnings................................... $5,208,000 $7,128,000
Pro forma net earnings per share.........................       0.72       0.93
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-11
<PAGE>
 
  Restricted Stock--In 1988, the Company's Board of Directors established a
restricted stock plan which permits the granting of restricted stock awards to
officers, key employees, and directors. At June 30, 1997, 5,491 shares of
common stock are reserved for future issuance under this plan. The individual
awards vest generally after three to five years. Restricted stock activity is
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                        -----------------------
                                                         1995     1996    1997
                                                        -------  ------  ------
<S>                                                     <C>      <C>     <C>
Shares of restricted stock beginning of year...........  69,634  53,500  97,500
 Issued................................................  54,500  47,500     --
 Vested................................................ (69,634)    --      --
 Canceled..............................................  (1,000) (3,500) (5,000)
                                                        -------  ------  ------
Shares of restricted stock end of year.................  53,500  97,500  92,500
                                                        =======  ======  ======
</TABLE>
 
  The value of restricted stock awards is determined using the market price of
the Company's common stock on the grant date and is amortized over the vesting
period. The unamortized portion of such awards is deducted from stockholders'
equity.
 
  Stockholder Rights Agreement--In October 1996, the Company adopted a
stockholder rights agreement under which one common stock purchase right is
presently attached to and trades with each outstanding share of the Company's
common stock. The rights become exercisable and transferable apart from the
common stock ten days after a person or group, without the Company's consent,
acquires beneficial ownership of 12% or more of the Company's common stock or
announces or commences a tender or exchange offer that could result in 12%
ownership ("the Change Date"). Once exercisable, each right entitles the
holder to purchase shares of common stock in number equal to eight multiplied
by the product of the number of shares outstanding on the Change Date divided
by the number of rights outstanding on the Change Date not owned by the person
or group and at a price of 20% of the per share market value as of the Change
Date. The rights have no voting power and, until exercisable, no dilutive
effect on net earnings per common share. The rights expire in October 2006 and
are redeemable at the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors at $.01
per right.
 
8. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
 
  SED International maintains a voluntary retirement benefit program, the
Southern Electronics Distributors, Inc. 401(k) Plan. All employees of SED
International who have attained the age of 21 are eligible to participate
after completing one year of service. SED International matches a portion of
employee contributions to the plan. Employees are immediately vested in their
own contributions. Vesting in SED International's matching contributions are
based on years of continuous service. SED International's matching
contribution expense for the years ended June 30, 1995, 1996, and 1997 was
$79,000, $76,000, and $90,000, respectively.
 
9. SIGNIFICANT VENDORS AND EXPORT SALES
 
  During the year ended June 30, 1995, the Company purchased approximately 15%
of its inventory from one vendor. During the year ended June 30, 1996, the
Company purchased approximately 32% of its inventory from two vendors. During
the year ended June 30, 1997, the Company purchased approximately 43% of its
inventory from three vendors.
 
  For the years ended June 30, 1995, 1996, and 1997 approximately 21%, 37%,
and 45%, respectively, of the Company's net sales were to customers for export
principally into Latin America.
 
                                     F-12
<PAGE>
 
SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARY

SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CAPTION] 
<TABLE> 
              A                             B              C                D              E                F

                                        Balance at      Charged to                      Charged         Balance at
                                        Beginning       Costs and                       to Other           End
         Description                    of Period       Expenses        Deductions1     Accounts2       of Period
- ---------------------------------       ----------      ----------      -----------     ---------       ----------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C> 

Year ended June 30, 1995;               
 allowance for doubtful accounts        $  664,000      $1,143,000      $  (962,000)                    $  845,000

Year ended June 30, 1996;
 allowance for doubtful accounts           845,000       1,642,000       (1,846,000)    $500,000         1,141,000

Year ended June 30, 1997;
 allowance for doubtful accounts         1,141,000       1,391,000       (1,430,000)                    $1,102,000
</TABLE> 


1   Deductions represent actual write-offs of specific accounts receivable 
    charged against the allowance account, net of amounts recovered.

2   Represents balances of acquired business.



<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                   SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
 
Date: September 5, 1997        By:  /s/ Larry G. Ayers
                                   -----------------------------------------
                                       Larry G. Ayers
                                       Vice President - Finance, Chief Financial
                                       Officer, Secretary and Treasurer


                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that each person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints Gerald Diamond, Ray D. Risner, and Larry G. Ayers
and any of them as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, each acting alone,
with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name,
place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to
the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Southern Electronics Corporation, and to file
the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and other appropriate
agencies, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and any of them, full power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary
to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he
might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
attorneys-in-fact, or any of them, or their substitutes, each acting alone, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities indicated this 5th day of September, 1997.


                                         /s/ Gerald Diamond
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       Gerald Diamond
                                       Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive
                                       Officer and Director
                                       (principal executive officer)
<PAGE>
 


                                       /s/ Larry G. Ayers
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Larry G. Ayers
                                       Vice President - Finance, Chief Financial
                                       Officer, Secretary and Treasurer
                                       (principal financial and accounting 
                                       officer)


                                       /s/ Stewart I. Aaron
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Stewart I. Aaron
                                       Director
 

                                       /s/ Ray D. Risner
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Ray D. Risner
                                       Director

                                       /s/ Cary Rosenthal
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Cary Rosenthal
                                       Director

 
                                       /s/ G. William Speer
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       G. William Speer
                                       Director
 
                                       /s/ Mark Diamond
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Mark Diamond
                                       Director
<PAGE>
 


                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

                                   FORM 10-K

10.40   Lease Agreement made August 11, 1997, between Gwinnett Industries, Inc. 
        and SED International.

10.41   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 13, 1997 among
        the Registrant and SED International, as Borrowers, Wachovia Bank, N.A.
        and National City Bank of Columbus, as Banks and Wachovia Bank, N.A, 
        as Agent.

11.1    Statement regarding computation of per share earnings.

23      Independent Auditors' Consent.

27      Financial Data Schedule.



<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.40
 
                         LEASE AGREEMENT

     THIS LEASE is made this 11 day of August, 1997, by and between GWINNETT
INDUSTRIES, INC., a Georgia corporation (hereinafter referred to as "Lessor");
and SED INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as
"Lessee").


                      W I T N E S S E T H:

Premises

     1.   Lessor, for and in consideration of the rents, covenants, agreements,
and stipulations hereinafter mentioned, reserved, and contained, to be paid,
kept and performed by the Lessee, has leased and rented, hereby does lease and
rent, to the Lessee, and said Lessee hereby agrees to lease and take upon the
terms and conditions which hereafter appear, the following described property
(hereinafter called the "Premises"):

All that tract or parcel of land lying and being in Land Lot 138 of the 18th
District of DeKalb County, Georgia, and being more particularly described as
follows:

BEGINNING at an iron pin staked on the east right-of-way of Rock Mountain
Boulevard 1,477.6 feet south of the center line of Lewis Road as measured along
the right-of-way line of Rock Mountain Boulevard; running thence in an easterly
direction 386.0 feet to an iron pin staked, thence in a southerly direction
260.0 feet to a point; thence in a westerly direction 386.0 feet, more or less,
to a point on the east right-of-way line of Rock Mountain Boulevard; thence in a
northerly direction 260.0 feet along the east right-of-way line of Rock Mountain
Boulevard to an iron pin staked and the point of beginning.

Included in this lease is a 40,160 square foot building and premises known as
1475 Rock Mountain Boulevard, Stone Mountain, GA 30083.

This Lease is subject to all encumbrances, easements, covenants and restrictions
of record.

Term

     2.   To have and to hold for a term of three (3) years, said term to begin
on the *1st day of October, 1997, and to end at midnight on the 30th day of
September, 2000, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided.
_____________________
* Lessee may begin utilizing the warehouse, rent free, upon full execution of
this Lease by both parties through September 30, 1997. All other terms and
conditions of this Lease, including building security and utility payments, will
apply during this early occupancy period.

<PAGE>
 
Rental

     3.    Lessee shall pay to Lessor monthly base rent of $11,982.00 due on the
first day of each month in advance, without offset or demand, commencing on
October 1, 1997. Upon execution of this Lease, Lessee has paid to Lessor $0
representing the first month's rent due hereunder. In the event Lessee fails to
pay the rent or any other payment called for under this Lease within ten (10)
days of the time period specified, Lessee shall pay a late charge equal to five
percent (5%) of the unpaid amount, which late charge shall be paid with the
required payment.

     Upon execution of this Lease, Lessee has deposited $0 (the "Security
Deposit") with Lessor to secure Lessee's performance of its obligations
hereunder. If Lessee defaults hereunder, then Lessor may, after the appropriate
notices have been given as provided herein, without prejudice to Lessor's other
remedies, apply part or all of the Security Deposit to cure Lessee's default. If
Lessor so uses part or all of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall, within ten
(10) days after written demand, pay Lessor the amount necessary to restore the
Security Deposit to its original amount. Lessor shall not be required to pay any
interest on the Security Deposit. If Lessor sells the Premises, the Security
Deposit shall be transferred to the purchaser and Lessor shall be relieved of
any further liability in relation to the Security Deposit. At the termination of
this lease and after Lessee has vacated the Premises, Lessor may use the
Security Deposit to cure any defaults of Lessee or to apply to expenses or
repairing or cleaning the Premises, if necessary. In the event all or any
portion of the Security Deposit remains after paying for such items, said amount
shall be paid to Lessee within thirty (30) days of said termination and vacating
of the Premises.

Utility Bills

     4.   Lessee shall place utility bills of all types in its name and shall
pay same, along with all assessments pertaining to the Premises, including, but
not limited to, water and sewer, natural gas, electricity, fire protection and
sanitary pick up bills for the Premises, or used by Lessee in connection
therewith. If Lessee does not pay same, Lessor may pay the same and such payment
shall be added to and treated as additional rental of the Premises.

Mortgage Rights

     5.   Lessee's rights shall be subject to any bona fide mortgage or deed to
secure debt which is now, or may hereafter be, placed upon the Premises by
Lessor, and Lessee agrees to execute and deliver such documentation as may be
required by any such mortgagee to effect any subordination within ten (10) days
of receipt of a request for such execution provided, however, that such
subordination shall be upon the express condition that the validity of this
Lease shall be recognized by the mortgagee or other lender and that,
notwithstanding any default by the mortgagor or borrower with respect to said
mortgage or deed to secure debt or any foreclosure

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
thereof, Lessee's possession and right of use under this Lease shall not be
disturbed by such mortgagee or other lender unless and until Lessee shall breach
any of the provisions hereof and this Lease or Lessee's right to possession
hereunder shall have been terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof.

Maintenance and Repairs by Lessee

     6.   Lessee shall not allow the Premises to fall out of repair or
deteriorate, and, at Lessee's own expense, Lessee shall keep and maintain the
Premises, including paving, in good order and repair, except portions of the
Premises to be repaired by Lessor under terms of Paragraph 7 below and keep the
Premises free and clear of trash and debris and in a clean and sanitary
condition, free from pests and rodents. Lessor agrees to care for the grounds
around the building, including regular mowing of grass, mulching, lawn and
landscape maintenance and general landscaping. In the event Lessee fails to make
said repairs, then Lessor may, but shall not be obligated to, make such repairs,
in which event, Lessee shall promptly reimburse Lessor, as additional rent, for
all expenses incurred thereby. Lessee also agrees to keep all systems pertaining
to water, fire protection, drainage, sewer, electrical, heating, ventilation,
air conditioning and lighting in good order and repair, and shall maintain at
all times a maintenance contract for the heating, ventilation and air
conditioning equipment. Said maintenance contract shall provide for regular
inspection and filter changes. The Lessee covenants and agrees that during the
term of this Lease and for such further time as the Lessee, or any person
claiming under it, shall hold the Premises or any part thereof, it shall not
cause the estate of the Lessor in the Premises to become subject to any lien,
charge or encumbrance whatsoever, it being agreed that the Lessee shall have no
authority, express or implied, to create any lien, charge or encumbrance upon
the estate of the Lessor in the Premises.

Repairs by Lessor

     7.   Lessor agrees to keep in good repair the roof, foundations and
exterior walls, exclusive of painting, exclusive of all glass and exclusive of
all exterior doors. Lessor gives to Lessee exclusive control of the Premises and
shall be under no obligation to inspect the Premises. Lessee shall promptly
notify Lessor of any damage covered under this paragraph, and Lessor shall be
under no duty to repair unless it receives notice of such damage.

Modifications and Alterations to the Premises

     8.   No modifications or alterations to the building on the Premises or
openings cut through the roof are allowed without prior written consent of
Lessor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event any such
modifications or alterations are performed, same shall be completed in
accordance with all applicable codes and regulations. Any alterations or
improvements to the Premises made by Lessee shall at once become the property of
Lessor and shall be surrendered to Lessor upon the expiration or prior
termination of this Lease; provided, however, Lessor, at its option, may require
Lessee to remove any improvements or repair any 

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
alterations in order to restore the Premises to the condition existing at the
time Lessee took possession. This clause shall not apply to moveable equipment
or trade fixtures owned by Lessee, which may be removed by Lessee at the end of
the term, provided that any damage caused by such removal shall be repaired by
Lessee. Lessor agrees that, upon request of Lessee made prior to the making of
any permanent modifications or alterations, Lessor shall notify Lessee as to
whether it will require the removal of such modifications or alterations upon
the expiration or termination of the Lease. If Lessor notifies Lessee that it
will not require such removal and Lessee thereafter proceeds with the making of
such modifications or alterations, Lessor shall be bound by such notification.

Return of Premises

     9.   Lessee agrees to return the Premises to Lessor, at the expiration or
prior termination of this Lease, broom clean and in as good condition and repair
as when first received, natural wear and tear, damage by storm, fire, lightning,
earthquake or other casualty excepted. Lessee agrees to remove its personal
property from the Premises at the expiration or prior termination of this Lease.
Failure to comply with this paragraph will constitute holding over by Lessee.

Destruction of or Damage to Premises

     10.  If the Premises are totally destroyed by storm, fire, lightning,
earthquake or other casualty, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such
destruction, and rental shall be accounted for as between Lessor and Lessee as
of that date. If the Premises are damaged, but not wholly destroyed by any of
such casualties, rental shall abate in such proportion as use of the Premises
has been destroyed, and Lessor shall restore the Premises to substantially the
same condition as before damage as speedily as practicable, whereupon full
rental shall recommence; provided however, that if the damage shall be so
extensive that the same cannot be reasonably repaired and restored within six
(6) months from date of the casualty, then either Lessor or Lessee may terminate
this Lease by giving written notice to the other party within thirty (30) days
from the date of such casualty. In the event of such termination, rental shall
be apportioned and paid up to date of such casualty.

Indemnity

     11.  Lessee agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Lessor against all
claims for injuries to persons or damages to property by reason of the use or
occupancy of the Premises, the improvements on the Premises or the failure or
cessation of services to the Premises except for claims for injuries or damages
which are the result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor,
its employees, agents or contractors. and all expenses incurred by Lessor
because of such injuries or occupancy, including attorneys' fees and court
costs.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
Governmental Orders

     12.  Lessee agrees, at its own expense, to promptly comply with all
requirements of any legally constituted public authority made necessary by
reason of Lessee's use or occupancy of the Premises or operation of its
business. Lessor agrees to promptly comply with any such requirements if not
made necessary by reason of Lessee's occupancy or operation of the Premises. It
is mutually agreed, however, between Lessor and Lessee, that if in order to
comply with such requirements, the cost to Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be,
shall exceed a sum equal to one year's rent (as measured by the year in which
the requirements arise), then Lessor or Lessee who is obligated to comply with
such requirements is privileged to terminate this Lease by giving written notice
of termination to the other party, which termination shall become effective
sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice, and which notice shall eliminate
necessity of compliance with such requirement by the party giving notice unless
the party receiving such notice of termination shall, before termination becomes
effective, pay to the party giving notice all cost of compliance in excess of
one year's rent, or secure payment of such sum in manner satisfactory to the
party giving notice. Notwithstanding any provisions or limitations to this
paragraph to the contrary, Lessee shall be responsible for any and all costs and
expenses arising from any violations of environmental laws or regulations caused
by Lessee's activities or occupancy of the Premises. Further, Lessee's option to
terminate this Lease due to the cost of compliance with environmental laws or
regulations shall only be available to Lessee if the law or regulation in
question was enacted after the date of this Lease.

Condemnation

     13.  If the whole of the Premises, or such portion thereof as will make the
Premises unusable for the purpose herein leased, shall be condemned by any
legally constituted authority for any public use or purpose, or sold under
threat of condemnation, then, in any of said events the term hereby granted
shall cease from the time when possession or ownership thereof is taken by
public authorities and rental shall be accounted for as between Lessor and
Lessee as of that date. Such termination, however, shall be without prejudice to
the rights of either Lessor or Lessee to recover compensation and damage caused
by condemnation from the condemnor. It is further understood and agreed that
neither the Lessee, nor Lessor, shall have any rights in any award made to the
other by any condemnation.

Assignment

     14.  Lessee may not assign this Lease, or any interest thereunder, or
sublet the Premises in whole or in part without the prior express written
consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, of Lessor
and without giving prior written notice to Lessor of intent to assign or
sublease. Subtenants or assignees shall become liable directly to Lessor for all
obligations of Lessee hereunder, without relieving Lessee's liability. Lessee
agrees not to assign or sublease the Premises to any one who will create a
nuisance or trespass, nor use the Premises for any illegal purpose; nor in
violation of any valid regulations of any governmental body; nor 

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
in any manner to vitiate the insurance. Lessee further agrees that if such
subtenant or assignee is required to pay a rental amount greater than the rental
amount required to be paid by Lessee hereunder, then Lessor shall be entitled to
receive and shall be paid such increased amount. Upon any such sublease or
assignment, Lessee shall provide Lessor with copies of any and all documents
pertaining to such sublease or assignment. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Lessor's consent shall not be required for an assignment of the Lease to any
entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Lessee, provided
that (i) Lessee gives Lessor prior written notice of such assignment, and (ii)
the creditworthiness of the assignee is of approximately equal to that of
Lessee.

Hazardous Substances

     15.  Lessee will not use or suffer the use (by Lessee or any other person
or entity) of the Premises as a landfill or as a dump for garbage or refuse, and
shall not permit any hazardous or toxic waste, substance, contaminant, asbestos,
oil, radioactive or other material, the removal of which is required or the
maintenance or storage of which is prohibited, regulated, or penalized by any
local, state, or federal agency, authority, or governmental unit, to be brought
onto the Premises or if so brought or found located thereon, shall cause the
same to be immediately removed, unless the storage, use, treatment, and disposal
of same is in full compliance with all applicable federal, state and local laws
and regulations pertaining thereto, and Lessee's obligation to so remove shall
survive the termination of this Lease. Lessee will not use or suffer the use of
the Premises in any manner other than in full compliance with all applicable
federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. Lessor warrants and
represents that it has not received any notice from a governmental agency for
violation of any environmental laws and regulations, and each party agrees that
if any such notice is received, it shall immediately notify the other party
orally and in writing. Lessee shall indemnify, defend, and hold Lessor harmless
from and against any and all costs, damages, and expenses (including, without
limitation, environmental compliance or response costs, costs for all remedial
action and/or damage to third parties, attorneys' fees and court costs at both
trial and appellate levels, and damages for business interruption and any lost
profits) resulting, directly or indirectly, from any environmental contamination
of the Premises occurring during the term hereof or any misstatement or
misrepresentation of facts concerning the matters recited in this paragraph.
Lessor shall indemnify, defend, and hold Lessee harmless from and against any
and all costs, damages, and expenses resulting, directly or indirectly, from any
environmental contamination of the Premises occurring prior to the commencement
of the term hereof. This indemnity shall survive the expiration or earlier
termination of this Lease. In addition, at the end of the term of this Lease or
earlier termination hereof, Lessee, upon request by the Lessor, shall cause, at
Lessee's expense, an environmental study to be conducted of the Premises by a
person or firm approved by Lessor to ensure that no hazardous wastes, hazardous
substances or other such materials have been stored, handled, treated or
disposed of on the Premises during the term of this Lease in violation of any
applicable law.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
Removal of Fixtures

     16.  Lessee may (if not in default hereunder) prior to the expiration of
this Lease, or any extension hereof, remove all fixtures and equipment which
Lessee has placed in the Premises, provided Lessee repairs all damages to the
Premises caused by such removal. Provided, however, Lessee shall not remove,
under any circumstances, the following: heating, ventilating, air conditioning,
plumbing, electrical and lighting systems and fixtures or dock levelers. In the
event this Lease is terminated for any reason, any property remaining in or upon
the Premises may be deemed to become property of the Lessor and Lessor may
dispose of same as it deems proper with no liability to Lessor and no obligation
to Lessee.

Default Remedies

     17.  It is mutually agreed that in the event: (A) the rent herein reserved
is not paid at the time and place when and where due and Lessee fails to pay
said rent within ten (10) days after written demand from Lessor; (B) the
Premises shall be deserted or vacated without Lessor's prior written consent and
Lessee fails to maintain the Premises or Lessee fails to give Lessor notice of
its intent to vacate; (C) the Lessee shall fail to comply with any term,
provision, condition, or covenant of this Lease, other than the payment of rent,
and shall not cure such failure within twenty (20) days after notice to the
Lessee of such failure to comply (except in the case of any default which cannot
with diligence be cured within such twenty (20) day period provided that Lessee
commences the cure of such default prior to the expiration of such twenty (20)
day period and proceeds diligently to cure such default); or (D) Lessee shall
fail to comply with any term, provision, condition, or covenant under any other
agreement between Lessee and Lessor, or breach any obligation owing to Lessor or
any affiliate of Lessor, and shall not cure such failure or breach within twenty
(20) days after notice thereof to Lessee, in any of such events, Lessor shall
have the option at once, or during continuance of such default or condition to
do any of the following, in addition to, and not in limitation of any other
remedy permitted by law or by this Lease:

     (1)  Terminate this Lease, in which event Lessee shall
          immediately surrender the Premises to Lessor.  Lessee agrees
          to indemnify Lessor for all loss, damage and expense which
          Lessor may suffer by reason of such termination, whether
          through inability to relet the Premises, through decrease in
          rent, through incurring court costs, actual attorneys' fees
          or other costs in enforcing this provision or otherwise.

     (2)  Lessor, with or without terminating this Lease, may
          terminate Lessee's right of possession, and, at Lessor's
          option without notice or resort to legal proceedings,
          reenter, take possession of and rent the Premises at the
          best price obtainable by reasonable effort, without
          advertisement and by private negotiations and for any term
          Lessor deems proper.  Lessee shall be liable to Lessor for
          the deficiency, if any, between Lessee's rent hereunder and
          the price obtained by Lessor on 

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
          reletting and for any damage, actual attorneys' fees or
          expenses incurred by Lessor in enforcing its rights under
          this provision.

     (3)  Lessor also retains the right to apply for and obtain a
          dispossessory action against Lessee and to hold Lessee
          liable for all costs incident to seeking such dispossessory
          action, including actual attorneys' fees and court costs.

Pursuit of any of the foregoing remedies shall not preclude pursuit of any other
remedies herein provided or any other remedies provided by law. Lessor shall
have the duty to mitigate any possible damages which may be incurred pursuant to
any such default by Lessee except in the event Lessee deserts or vacates the
Premises without prior notification to Lessor. Any notice in this provision may
be given by Lessor or its attorney.

Entry for Carding, Etc.

     18.  Lessor may card the Premises "For Lease" or "For Sale" one hundred
ninety (90) days before the termination of this Lease, Lessor may enter the
Premises with prior notice to Lessee at reasonable hours during the term of this
Lease to exhibit same to prospective purchases or tenants and to make repairs
required of Lessor under the terms hereof, or to make repairs to Lessor's
adjoining property, if any.

Effects of Termination of Lease

     19.  No termination of this Lease prior to the normal ending thereof, by
lapse of time or otherwise, shall affect Lessor's right to collect rent for the
period prior to termination thereof.

No Estate in Land

     20.  This contract shall create the relationship of landlord and tenant
between Lessor and Lessee; no estate shall pass out of Lessor; Lessee has only a
usufruct, not subject to levy and sale, and not assignable by Lessee except as
provided in Paragraph 14 above.

Holding Over

     21.  If Lessee remains in possession of the Premises after expiration of
the term hereof without Lessor's acquiescence, such holdover shall be as a
tenant at sufferance and not as a tenant at will, and the rental rate shall
become one and one-half times the amount in effect at the end of said term of
this Lease. In no event shall the collection or payment or rent during such
holdover period cause Lessee to be or be deemed a tenant at will. Lessee shall
have no right to notice under O.C.G.A. Section 44-7-7 of the termination of its
tenancy; Lessee agrees to vacate and deliver the Premises to Lessor immediately
upon Lessee's receipt of notice from Lessor to vacate. Should Lessee fail to so
vacate the Premises, Lessee shall be subject to dispossession without further
notice, by summary dispossessory proceedings, in addition to any and all other
remedies to

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
which Lessor may be entitled by law or under this Agreement. No holding over by
Lessee, whether with or without the consent of Lessor, shall operate to extend
the term of this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided in a written
agreement executed by both Lessor and Lessee.

Rights Cumulative

     22.  All rights, powers and privileges conferred hereunder upon parties
hereto shall be cumulative but not restrictive to those given by law.

Notices

     23.  Any notice given pursuant to this Lease shall be in writing and sent
by certified mail, return receipt requested, or by reputable overnight courier
to:

          (a)  Lessor in care of Gwinnett Industries, Inc., P.O. Box
               67, Tucker, GA 30085-0067, or such other address as
               Lessor may hereafter designate in writing to Lessee.

          (b)  Lessee in care of SED International, Inc., Attn: Ray D.
               Risner, President 4916 N. Royal Atlanta Dr., Tucker,
               GA  30084, or such other address as Lessee may
               hereafter designate in writing to Lessor.

Any notice sent in the manner set forth above shall be deemed sufficiently given
for all purposes hereunder on the day said notice is deposited in the mail or
with the courier.

Waiver of Rights

     24.  No failure of Lessor to exercise any power given Lessor hereunder, or
to insist upon strict compliance by Lessee with its obligations hereunder, and
no custom or practice of the parties at variance with the terms hereof, shall
constitute a waiver of Lessor's right to demand strict compliance with the terms
hereof.

Time of Essence

     25.  Time is of the essence in this Lease.

Definitions

     26.  "Lessor" as used in this Lease shall include Lessor, its heirs,
representatives, assigns, and successors in title to the Premises. "Lessee"
shall include Lessee, its heirs and representatives, successors, and if this
Lease shall be validly assigned or sublet, shall include also Lessee's assignees
or subleassees, as to the Premises covered by such assignment or sublessees. 

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
"Lessor" and "Lessee" include male and female, singular and plural, corporation,
partnership or individual, as may fit the particular parties.

Exterior Sign

     27.  Lessee shall have the right to erect at Lessee's sole expense a sign
on an exterior wall of the building on the Premises. This sign shall be securely
attached and parallel to said wall, and shall not be other than a customary
trade sign identifying the business of Lessee. Lessee shall not erect this sign
over the roof line or on the roof, nor shall it paint or otherwise deface the
exterior walls of the building. The erection of this sign by Lessee shall be
subject to and in conformity with all applicable laws, zoning ordinances and
building restrictions or covenants of record and must be approved by Lessor,
which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, based on a scaled
drawing provided by Lessee, before installation. In the event a sign is erected
by Lessee without Lessor's consent, Lessor shall have the right to remove said
sign and charge the cost of such removal to Lessee as additional rent hereunder.
Except upon prior written consent from Lessor, in no event shall Lessee utilize
any portable or vehicular signs at the Premises. On or before termination of
this Lease Lessee shall remove the sign thus erected, and shall repair any
damage or disfigurement, and close any holes, caused by such removal.

Ad Valorem Taxes

     28.  Commencing in the year 1998, and during each remaining year of the
Lease term herein granted, or any renewal hereof, Lessee shall pay as additional
rent all ad valorem taxes levied or assessed against the Premises in excess of
the ad valorem taxes levied against the Premises for the year 1997. Upon being
notified by Lessor of said increased ad valorem taxes, Lessee will remit said
amount to Lessor within thirty (30) days.

Use of Premises and Insurance

     29.  (A)  The Premises shall be used for distribution of electronic parts
and related purposes, and shall not be used for any illegal purposes, nor in any
manner to create any nuisance or trespass, nor in any manner to vitiate or
increase insurance premiums on the Premises, nor for any other purpose.

          (B)  Lessor will carry, at Lessor's cost and expense, "All Risk"
Insurance Coverage on the Premises in an amount not less than $742,960.00 or the
full insurable value, whichever is greater, based on occupancy and use by Lessee
as defined above. The term "full insurable value" shall mean the actual
replacement cost, excluding foundation and excavation costs, as determined by
Lessor. Commencing in the year 1998, and during each remaining year of the Lease
term herein granted, or any renewal hereof, Lessee shall reimburse Lessor as
additional rent for all sums paid by Lessor for the above coverage in excess of
the annual premium for said coverage for the year 1997. Lessee agrees that any
increase in Lessor's

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
insurance premium caused by occupancy of any subtenant or assignee of Lessee
will be paid by Lessee. Upon being notified by Lessor of said increased premium,
Lessee will remit said amount to Lessor within thirty (30) days.

          (C)  Lessee will carry, at Lessee's own expense, insurance coverage on
all equipment, inventory, fixtures, furniture, appliances and other personal
property on the Premises.

          (D)  Lessee shall procure, maintain and keep in full force and effect
at all times during the term of this Lease and any renewal hereof, commercial
general liability insurance insuring Lessor and Lessee against all claims and
demands for injury to, or death of, persons, or damage to property which may be
claimed to have occurred upon the Premises in an amount not less than
$2,000,000.00, per occurrence of coverage for injury (including death) to one or
more persons attributable to a single occurrence and for property damage.

     To the full extent permitted by law, Lessor and Lessee each waives all
right of recovery against the other for, and agrees to release the other from
liability for, loss or damage to the extent such loss or damage is covered by
valid and collectible insurance in effect at the time of such loss or damage;
provided however, that the foregoing release by each party is conditioned upon
the other party's carrying insurance with the above described waiver of
subrogation, and if such coverage is not obtained or maintained by either party,
then the other party's foregoing release shall be deemed to be rescinded until
such waiver is either obtained or reinstated.

     All insurance provided for in this Lease shall be effected under
enforceable policies issued by insurers of recognized responsibility licensed to
do business in the state where the Premises are located. At least 15 days prior
to the expiration date of any policy procured by Lessee, the original renewal
policy for such insurance shall be delivered by the Lessee to the Lessor. Within
15 days after the premium on any such policy shall become due and payable, the
Lessor shall be furnished with satisfactory evidence of its payment. An original
binder certificate along with a copy of the original policy or policies shall be
delivered to Lessor at the commencement of this Lease.

     If the Lessee provides any insurance required by this Lease in the form of
a blanket policy, the Lessee shall furnish satisfactory proof that such blanket
policy complies in all respects with the provisions of this Lease, and that the
coverage thereunder is at least equal to the coverage which would be provided
under a separate policy covering only the Premises.


     If the Lessor so requires, the policies of insurance provided for shall be
payable to the holder of any mortgage, as the interest of such holder may
appear, pursuant to a standard mortgagee clause. All such policies shall, to the
extent obtainable provide that any loss shall be payable to the Lessor or to the
holder of any mortgage notwithstanding any act or negligence of the Lessee which
might otherwise result in forfeiture of such insurance. All such policies shall,
to the extent obtainable, contain an agreement by the insurers that such
policies shall not be 

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
canceled without at least thirty days prior written notice to the
Lessor and to the holder of any mortgage to whom loss hereunder may be
payable.

Miscellaneous

     30.  If any term, covenant or condition of this Lease or the application
thereof to any person, entity or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid
or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term,
covenant or condition to persons, entities or circumstances other than those
which or to which used may be held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be
affected thereby, and each term, covenant or condition of this Lease shall be
valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Any money judgment
against Lessor shall be satisfied only out of the right, title and interest of
Lessor in the Premises, and in no event shall Lessee have the right to levy
execution against any property of Lessor other than its interest in the
Premises. Lessor and Lessee hereby waive trial by jury in any action or
proceeding arising under this Lease. This Lease contains the entire agreement of
the parties hereto, and no representations, inducements, promises or agreements,
oral or otherwise, between the parties, not embodied herein, shall be of any
force or effect.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their hands and
seals, the day and year first above written.

Signed, sealed and delivered            GWINNETT INDUSTRIES, INC.
in the presence of:                     a Georgia corporation

/s/ Michael G. Kearn                    By:   /s/ Lawrence P. Callahan
- -------------------------------            ----------------------------
Witness                                 Title: Treasurer
                                                     (Corp. Seal)
                                        LESSOR

Signed, sealed and delivered            SED INTERNATIONAL, INC.
in the presence of:                     a Delaware corporation

/s/ Larry Ayers CFO                     By:  /s/ Ray D. Risner
- -------------------------------            -----------------------------
Witness                                 Title:  Ray D. Risner, President
                                        
                                                       (Corp. Seal)
                                         LESSEE

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
                          ADDENDUM TO LEASE AGREEMENT

                             DATED AUGUST 11, 1997


                 BETWEEN GWINNETT INDUSTRIES, INC. ("LESSOR")
                                      AND
                            SED INTERNATIONAL, INC.


     This Addendum to Lease Agreement ("Addendum") is attached to, and modifies
and supplements, the Lease Agreement referenced above. Unless otherwise defined
herein, capitalized terms used in this Addendum have the meanings given them in
the Lease. Where the provisions of this Addendum conflict with the provisions of
the Lease, this Addendum shall control.

     1.   Lessee has the option to cancel this Lease on the anniversary date of
each year of the Lease by giving Lessor a 180-day written notice and penalty
payments as follows:
          (A)  Notice to be given by April 3, 1998 along with penalty
               payment of $16,000.00.
          (B)  Notice to be given by April 3, 1999 along with penalty
               payment of $8,000.00.

     2.   Lessor, at Lessor's expense, will provide the following items by the
lease and rent commencement date of October 1, 1997:
          (A)  Insure all mechanical systems, including HVAC,
               plumbing, and electrical systems, are in good working
               order.
          (B)  Renovation of existing office area and construction of
               additional office area to be agreed on between Lessee
               and Lessor.

     3.   Option to Renew
          ---------------
          Lessee shall have the option to extend this Lease for one additional
          three (3) year term commencing at the expiration of the original term
          at Eleven Thousand Nine Hundred Eighty-Two and No/100 ($11,982.00)
          Dollars per month, under the same terms and conditions, provided
          Lessee has fulfilled in a timely manner all of the terms and
          conditions of this Lease. Notice of Lessee's intent to exercise this
          option must be received in writing by April 3, 2000, if this option is
          to be exercised.

                                       13

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.41
 
                             $100,000,000

                 AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

                              dated as of

                            August 13, 1997

                                 among

                   SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION

                                  AND

                        SED INTERNATIONAL, INC.
      (formerly known as Southern Electronics Distributors, Inc.)

                             as Borrowers,

                                  AND

                          WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.

                                  and

                   NATIONAL CITY BANK OF COLUMBUS, 

                              as Banks, 



                                  and
<PAGE>
 
                         WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.,

                               as Agent
<PAGE>
 
                           TABLE OF CONTENTS

                 AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

                               ARTICLE I

                              DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

SECTION 1.01. Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

SECTION 1.02. Accounting Terms and Determinations. . . . . . . . .  19

SECTION 1.03. References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

SECTION 1.04. Use of Defined Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

SECTION 1.05. Terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

                              ARTICLE II

                              THE CREDITS. . . . . . . . . . . . .  20

SECTION 2.01. Commitments to Lend Syndicated Loans . . . . . . . .  20

SECTION 2.02. Method of Borrowing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22

SECTION 2.03. Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24

SECTION 2.04. Maturity of Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25

SECTION 2.05. Interest Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25

SECTION 2.06. Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28

SECTION 2.07. Optional Termination or Reduction of Commitments . .  28

SECTION 2.08. Mandatory Termination or Reduction of Commitments. .  28

SECTION 2.09. Optional Prepayments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28

SECTION 2.10. Mandatory Prepayments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29

SECTION 2.12. General Provisions as to Payments. . . . . . . . . .  29

SECTION 2.13. Computation of Interest and Fees . . . . . . . . . .  31

                                      (i)
<PAGE>
 
                              ARTICLE III

                       LETTER OF CREDIT FACILITY . . . . . . . . .  31

SECTION 3.01. Obligation to Issue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31

SECTION 3.02. Types and Amounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31

SECTION 3.03. Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32

SECTION 3.04. Issuance of Letters of Credit. . . . . . . . . . . .  32
     (a) Request for Issuance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
     (b) Issuance; Notice of Issuance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
     (c) No Extension or Amendment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33

SECTION 3.05. Reimbursement Obligations; Duties of the Issuing
     Bank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
     (a)  Reimbursement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
     (b) Duties of the Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34

SECTION 3.06. Participations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
     (a) Purchase of Participations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
     (b) Sharing of Letter of Credit Payments. . . . . . . . . . .  34
     (c) Sharing of Reimbursement Obligation Payments. . . . . . .  35
     (d) Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
     (e) Obligations Irrevocable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35

SECTION 3.07. Payment of Reimbursement Obligations . . . . . . . .  36
     (a) Payments to Issuing Bank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
     (b)  Recovery or Avoidance of Payments. . . . . . . . . . . .  37

SECTION 3.08. Compensation for Letters of Credit and Agent
     Reporting Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
     (a)  Letter of Credit Fees and Fronting Fees. . . . . . . . .  37
     (b)  Agent Charges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37

SECTION 3.09. Indemnification; Exoneration . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
     (a)  Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
     (b)  Assumption of Risk by Borrowers. . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
     (c)  Exoneration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38

SECTION 3.10. Credit Yield Protection; Capital Adequacy. . . . . .  38

                                     (ii)
<PAGE>
 
                              ARTICLE IV

                       CONDITIONS TO BORROWINGS. . . . . . . . . .  41

SECTION 4.01. Conditions to Closing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
     . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42

SECTION 4.02. Conditions to All Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . .  43

                               ARTICLE V

                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . . . . . . . .  43

SECTION 5.01. Corporate Existence and Power. . . . . . . . . . . .  43

SECTION 5.02. Corporate and Governmental Authorization; No
     Contravention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44

SECTION 5.03. Binding Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44

SECTION 5.04. Financial Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44

SECTION 5.05. No Litigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44

SECTION 5.06. Compliance with ERISA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45

SECTION 5.07. Compliance with Laws; Payment of Taxes . . . . . . .  45

SECTION 5.08. Subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45

SECTION 5.09. Investment Company Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45

SECTION 5.10. Public Utility Holding Company Act . . . . . . . . .  46

SECTION 5.11. Ownership of Property; Liens . . . . . . . . . . . .  46

SECTION 5.12. No Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46

SECTION 5.13. Full Disclosure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46

SECTION 5.14. Environmental Matters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46

SECTION 5.15. Capital Stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47

                                     (iii)
<PAGE>
 
SECTION 5.16. Margin Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47

SECTION 5.17. Insolvency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47

                              ARTICLE VI

                               COVENANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48

SECTION 6.01. Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48

SECTION 6.02. Inspection of Property, Books and Records. . . . . .  50

SECTION 6.03. Maintenance of Existence and Management. . . . . . .  50

SECTION 6.04. Dissolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51

SECTION 6.05. Consolidations, Mergers and Sales of Assets. . . . .  51

SECTION 6.06. Use of Proceeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51

SECTION 6.07. Compliance with Laws; Payment of Taxes . . . . . . .  52

SECTION 6.08. Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52

SECTION 6.09. Change in Fiscal Year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52

SECTION 6.10. Maintenance of Property. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52

SECTION 6.11. Environmental Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52

SECTION 6.12. Environmental Matters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53

SECTION 6.13. Environmental Release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53

SECTION 6.14. Transactions with Affiliates . . . . . . . . . . . .  53

SECTION 6.15. Restricted Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53

SECTION 6.16. Loans or Advances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53

SECTION 6.17. Investments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54

SECTION 6.18. Negative Pledge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54

                                     (iv)
<PAGE>
 
SECTION 6.19. Restrictions on Ability of Subsidiaries to Pay
     Dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55

SECTION 6.20. Leverage Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55

SECTION 6.21. Fixed Charges Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55

SECTION 6.22. Adjusted Current Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55

SECTION 6.23. Minimum Consolidated Net Income. . . . . . . . . . .  55

SECTION 6.24. Minimum Consolidated Tangible Net Worth. . . . . . .  55

SECTION 6.25. Distributor Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56

SECTION 6.26. Accounts Receivable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56

SECTION 6.27. Inventory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56

SECTION 6.28.  Additional Debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57

                              ARTICLE VII

                               DEFAULTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57

SECTION 7.01. Events of Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57

SECTION 7.02. Notice of Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60

                             ARTICLE VIII

                               THE AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61

SECTION 8.01. Appointment; Powers and Immunities . . . . . . . . .  61

SECTION 8.02. Reliance by Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61

SECTION 8.03. Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62

SECTION 8.04. Rights of Agent and its Affiliates as a Bank . . . .  62

SECTION 8.05. Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62

SECTION 8.06  Consequential Damages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63

                                      (v)
<PAGE>
 
SECTION 8.07. Payee of Note Treated as Owner . . . . . . . . . . .  63

SECTION 8.08. Nonreliance on Agent and Other Banks . . . . . . . .  63

SECTION 8.09. Failure to Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64

SECTION 8.10. Resignation or Removal of Agent. . . . . . . . . . .  64

                              ARTICLE IX

                 CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES; COMPENSATION . . . . . .  64

SECTION 9.01. Basis for Determining Interest Rate Inadequate or
     Unfair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64

SECTION 9.02. Illegality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65

SECTION 9.03. Increased Cost and Reduced Return. . . . . . . . . .  66

SECTION 9.04. Base Rate Loans or Other Euro-Dollar Loans
     Substituted for Affected Euro-Dollar Loans. . . . . . . . . .  67

SECTION 9.05. Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67

                               ARTICLE X

                             MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . .  68

SECTION 10.01. Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68

SECTION 10.02. No Waivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68

SECTION 10.03. Expenses; Documentary Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . .  68

SECTION 10.04. Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69

SECTION 10.05. Setoff; Sharing of Setoffs. . . . . . . . . . . . .  69

SECTION 10.06. Amendments and Waivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70

SECTION 10.07. No Margin Stock Collateral. . . . . . . . . . . . .  71

SECTION 10.08. Successors and Assigns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71

SECTION 10.09. Confidentiality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73

                                     (vi)
<PAGE>
 
SECTION 10.10. Representation by Banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74

SECTION 10.11. Obligations Several . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74

SECTION 10.12. Georgia Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74

SECTION 10.13. Severability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74

SECTION 10.14. Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75

SECTION 10.15. Interpretation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76

SECTION 10.16. Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Jurisdiction . . .  76

SECTION 10.17. Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76

SECTION 10.18. Source of Funds -- ERISA. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76

EXHIBIT A-1   Form of Syndicated Loan Note

EXHIBIT A-2   Form of Swing Loan Note

EXHIBIT B     Form of Opinion of Special Counsel for the
              Borrowers

EXHIBIT C     Form of Opinion of Special Counsel for the Agent

EXHIBIT D     Form of Assignment and Acceptance

EXHIBIT E     Form of Notice of Borrowing

EXHIBIT F     Form of Borrowing Base Certificate

EXHIBIT G     Form of Notice of Letter of Credit

EXHIBIT H     Form of Compliance Certificate

EXHIBIT I     Form of Closing Certificate

EXHIBIT J     Form of Officer's Certificate

EXHIBIT K     Form of Landlord Agreement

EXHIBIT L     Form of Telephone Instruction Letter

Schedule 5.08 Subsidiaries

                                     (vii)
<PAGE>
 
                 AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT


     AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of August 13,
1997 among SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION and SED INTERNATIONAL,
INC., jointly and severally, and the BANKS listed on the signature
pages hereof and WACHOVIA BANK, N.A., as Agent. This Agreement amends,
restates and supersedes that certain Credit Agreement dated as of
January 24, 1997, among the parties to this Agreement.

              The parties hereto agree as follows:


                               ARTICLE I

                              DEFINITIONS

     SECTION 1.01. Definitions.  The terms as defined in this
Section 1.01 shall, for all purposes of this Agreement and any
amendment hereto (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or
unless the context otherwise requires), have the meanings set forth
herein:

     "Account Debtor" means the person who is obligated on any of the
Accounts Receivable or otherwise is obligated as a purchaser or lessee
of any of the Inventory.

     "Accounts Receivable" means all rights of either Borrower to
payment for goods sold or leased, or to be sold or to be leased, or
for services rendered or to be rendered, howsoever evidenced or
incurred, including, without limitation, all accounts, instruments,
chattel paper and general intangibles, all returned or repossessed
goods and all books, records, computer tapes, programs and ledger
books arising therefrom or relating thereto, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired or arising.

     "Adjusted Current Ratio" means the ratio of: (i) the sum of
(x) the aggregate Accounts Receivable of the Borrowers plus (y) the
aggregate Inventory of the Borrowers; to (ii) the sum of (x) the
Aggregate Principal Amount Outstanding plus (y) the aggregate amount
of all accounts payable of the Borrowers.

     "Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate" has the meaning set
forth in Section 2.05(c).
<PAGE>
 
     "Affiliate" of any relevant Person means (i) any Person that
directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls
the relevant Person (a "Controlling Person"), (ii) any Person (other
than the relevant Person or a Subsidiary of the relevant Person) which
is controlled by or is under common control with a Controlling Person,
or (iii) any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the relevant Person)
of which the relevant Person owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more
of the common stock or equivalent equity interests.  As used herein,
the term "control" means possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies
of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise.

     "Agent" means Wachovia Bank, N.A., a national banking
association organized under the laws of the United States of America,
in its capacity as agent for the Banks hereunder, and its successors
and permitted assigns in such capacity.

     "Agent's Letter Agreement" means the letter agreement dated
July 1, 1997 between the Agent and SEC, as the same may be amended or
otherwise modified from time to time.

     "Agreement" means this Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement, together with all amendments and supplements hereto.

     "Aggregate Commitments" means, at any time, the aggregate
amount of Commitments of all of the Banks.

     "Aggregate Principal Amount Outstanding" means, at any time,
the sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the
Syndicated Loans and Discretionary Loans to both Borrowers, (ii) the
aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Swing Loans to both
Borrowers and (iii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the
Letter of Credit Obligations with respect to both Borrowers.

     "Aggregate Unused Commitments" means at any date, an amount
equal to the Aggregate Commitments less the Aggregate Principal Amount
Outstanding (but without giving effect to any outstanding Swing
Loans).

     "Applicable Margin" has the meaning set forth in Section
2.05(a).

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
     "Assignee" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.08(c).

     "Assignment and Acceptance" means an Assignment and
Acceptance executed in accordance with Section 10.08(c) in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit D.

     "Assignment of Claims Acts" means The Assignment of Claims
Act of 1940, as may be amended from time to time, and any Federal,
State, county or municipal statute, regulation, ordinance,
constitution or charter, now or hereafter existing, similar in effect
thereto, as determined by the Agent in its sole discretion.

     "Authority" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02.

     "Bank" means each bank listed on the signature pages hereof
as having a Commitment, and its successors and assigns.

     "Base Rate" means for any Base Rate Loan for any day, the
rate per annum equal to the higher as of such day of (i) the Prime
Rate, or (ii) one-half of one percent above the Federal Funds Rate. 
For purposes of determining the Base Rate for any day, changes in the
Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate shall be effective on the date of
each such change.

     "Base Rate Loan" means a Loan which bears or is to bear
interest at a rate based upon the Base Rate, and is to be made as a
Base Rate Loan pursuant to the applicable Notice of Borrowing, Section
2.02(f), or Article IX, as applicable.

     "Borrower" means, both individually and collectively, as the
context shall require, SEC and SED, and their respective successors
and permitted assigns, as joint and several primary obligors with
respect to the principal of and interest on all Loans and Letter of
Credit Obligations, all yield protection, compensation and
indemnification obligations, and all fees, costs, expenses and other
amounts payable hereunder.

     "Borrowing" means a borrowing hereunder consisting of Loans
made to either Borrower (i) at the same time by all of the Banks, in
the case of a Syndicated Borrowing, or (ii) separately by Wachovia, in
the case of a Swing Borrowing, in each case pursuant to Article II.  A
Borrowing is a "Syndicated Borrowing" if such Loans are made pursuant

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
to Section 2.01(a) or (c), or a "Swing Borrowing" if such Loans are
made pursuant to Section 2.01(b).  A Borrowing is a "Base Rate
Borrowing" if such Loans are Base Rate Loans, or a "Euro-Dollar
Borrowing" if such Loans are Euro-Dollar Loans. 

     "Borrowing Base" means the following sum: (i) (A) an amount
equal to 75% (or such greater or lesser percentage which the Agent
shall establish by written notice to the Borrowers in its good faith
discretion) of the face dollar amount of Eligible Accounts as at the
date of determination, plus (B) an amount equal to 40% (or such
greater or lesser percentage which the Agent shall establish by
written notice to the Borrowers in its good faith discretion) of the
dollar amount of the Eligible Inventory, valued at the lower of its
FIFO ("first-in, first-out") cost or market value, as at the date of
determination, minus (ii) any reserve determined by the Agent, in its
sole discretion, as the Agent deems necessary as security for payment
of the Obligations.

     "Borrowing Base Certificate" has the meaning given it in
Section 6.01(f).

     "Capital Stock" means any nonredeemable capital stock of
either Borrower or any Consolidated Subsidiary (to the extent issued
to a Person other than such Borrower), whether common or preferred.

     "CERCLA" means the Comprehensive Environmental Response
Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. Paragraph 9601 et. seq. 
and its implementing regulations and amendments.

     "CERCLIS" means the Comprehensive Environmental Response
Compensation and Liability Inventory System established pursuant to
CERCLA.

     "Change of Law" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
9.02.

     "Closing Certificate" has the meaning set forth in Section
4.01(e).

     "Closing Date" means August 13, 1997.

     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
or any successor Federal tax code.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
     "Commitment" means, with respect to each Bank, (i) the 
amount set forth opposite the name of such Bank on the signature pages
hereof, and (ii)as to any Bank which enters into any Assignment and
Acceptance (whether as transferor Bank or as Assignee thereunder), the
amount of such Bank's Commitment after giving effect to such
Assignment and Acceptance, in each case as such amount may be reduced
from time to time pursuant to Sections 2.07 and 2.09.

     "Compliance Certificate" has the meaning set forth in
Section 6.01(c).

     "Consolidated Debt" means at any date the Debt of the
Borrowers and the Consolidated Subsidiaries, determined on a
consolidated basis as of such date.

     "Consolidated Fixed Charges" for any period means the sum of
(i) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, and (ii) all
payment obligations of the Borrowers and the Consolidated Subsidiaries
for such period under all operating leases and rental agreements.

     "Consolidated Interest Expense" for any period means
interest, whether expensed or capitalized, in respect of Debt of the
Borrowers or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries outstanding during
such period.

     "Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the Net
Income of the Borrowers and the Consolidated Subsidiaries determined
on a consolidated basis, but excluding (i) extraordinary items and
(ii) any equity interests of the Borrowers or any Subsidiary in the
unremitted earnings of any Person that is not a Subsidiary.

     "Consolidated Operating Profits" means, for any period, the
Operating Profits of the Borrowers and the Consolidated Subsidiaries.

     "Consolidated Subsidiary" means at any date any Subsidiary
or other entity the accounts of which, in accordance with GAAP, would
be consolidated with those of either Borrower in its consolidated
financial statements as of such date.

     "Consolidated Tangible Net Worth" means, at any time,
Stockholders' Equity, less the sum of the value, as set forth or

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
reflected on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the
Borrowers and the Consolidated Subsidiaries, prepared in accordance
with GAAP, of:

          (A)  Any surplus resulting from any write-up of assets
subsequent to September 30, 1996;

          (B)  All assets which would be treated as intangible
assets for balance sheet presentation purposes under GAAP, including
without limitation goodwill (whether representing the excess of cost
over book value of assets acquired, or otherwise), trademarks,
tradenames, copyrights, patents and technologies, and unamortized debt
discount and expense;

          (C)  To the extent not included in (B) of this
definition, any amount at which shares of Capital Stock of the
Borrowers appear as an asset on the balance sheet of the Borrowers and
the Consolidated Subsidiaries;

          (D)  Loans or advances to stockholders, directors,
officers or employees; and

          (E)  To the extent not included in (B) of this
definition, deferred expenses.

     "Consolidated Total Assets" means, at any time, the total
assets of the Borrowers and the Consolidated Subsidiaries, determined
on a consolidated basis, as set forth or reflected on the most recent
consolidated balance sheet of the Borrowers and the Consolidated
Subsidiaries, prepared in accordance with GAAP.

     "Controlled Group" means all members of a controlled group
of corporations and all trades or businesses (whether or not
incorporated) under common control which, together with either
Borrower, are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the
Code.

     "Debt" of a Person means all liabilities, obligations and
indebtedness of such Person, of any kind or nature, whether now or
hereafter owing, arising, due or payable, howsoever evidenced,
created, incurred, acquired or owing, and whether primary, secondary,
direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise, including, without in any way
limiting the generality of the foregoing:  (i) all obligations of such
Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person
evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments,

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
(iii) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase
price of property or services, except trade accounts payable arising
in the ordinary course of business, (iv) all obligations of such
Person as lessee under capital leases, (v) all obligations of such
Person to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect  of amounts
payable under a banker's acceptance, (vi) all Redeemable Preferred
Stock of such Person (in the event such Person is a corporation),
(vii) all obligations of such Person to reimburse any bank or other
Person in respect of amounts paid or to be paid or to be paid under a
letter of credit or similar instrument, (viii) all Debt of others
secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such
Debt is assumed by such Person, (ix) all obligations of such Person
with respect to interest rate protection agreements, foreign currency
exchange agreements or other hedging arrangements (valued as the
termination value thereof computed in accordance with a method
approved by the International Swap Dealers Association and agreed to
by such Person in the applicable hedging agreement, if any), (x) all
Debt of others Guaranteed by such Person, (xi) all accrued pension
fund and other employee benefit plan obligations and liabilities, and
(xii) deferred taxes.

     "Default" means any condition or event which constitutes an
Event of Default or which with the giving of notice or lapse of time
or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

     "Default Rate" means, with respect to any Loan, on any day,
the sum of 2% plus the then highest interest rate (including the
Applicable Margin) which may be applicable to any Loans hereunder
(irrespective of whether any such type of Loans are actually
outstanding hereunder).

     "Discretionary Loans" has the meaning set forth in Section
2.01(c).

     "Distributor Agreements" means any agreement between a
manufacturer or producer of electronics hardware or software and
either of the Borrowers pursuant to which such Borrower purchases
electronics hardware or software and acts as the distributor for the
manufacturer or producer thereof, in each case as any of the foregoing
may be extended, renewed, amended, supplemented or replaced from time
to time.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
     "Dollars" or "$" means dollars in lawful currency of the
United States of America.

     "Domestic Business Day" means any day except a Saturday,
Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Georgia are
authorized by law to close.

     "Eligible Accounts" means that portion of the Accounts
Receivable consisting of accounts actually owing to either Borrower by
its Account Debtors subject to no counterclaim, defense, setoff or
deduction, excluding, however, any account:  (i) with respect to which
any portion thereof is more than 60 days past due or 90 days past
invoice date; (ii) which is owing by any Account Debtor affiliated
with either Borrower or with any of its shareholders, directors or
officers, as determined by the Agent in its sole discretion; (iii)
which is owing by any Account Debtor having 50% or more in face value
of its then existing accounts with either Borrower ineligible
hereunder; (iv) the assignment of which is subject to any requirements
set forth in any Assignment of Claims Acts, unless such requirements
have been satisfied in all respects; (v) which is owing by any Account
Debtor whose accounts, in face amount, with either Borrower exceed 10%
of such Borrower's total accounts, but only to the extent of such
excess; (vi) which is owing by an Account Debtor located outside the
United States, unless it is (x) secured by an irrevocable letter of
credit, which letter of credit shall have been confirmed by a
financial institution acceptable to the Agent and shall be in form and
substance acceptable to the Agent and pledged to the Agent, and (y)
payable in full in United States dollars; (vii) is at any time not
subject to the first priority security interest of the Agent under the
Security Agreements; (viii) is subject to any Lien (other than in
favor of the Agent), including, without limitation, any Lien under any
of the Distributor Agreements (except to the extent permitted under
any Lien Subordination Agreement) or otherwise; (ix) is subject to a
contra account; (x) which arises from the sale of Special Inventory;
and/or (xi) which has otherwise been determined by the Agent in its
reasonable credit judgment not to be eligible for the purposes hereof.

     "Eligible Inventory" means that portion of the Inventory
consisting of inventory located in the United States of America and in
the possession and control of either Borrower which (i) is located on
real property owned by either Borrower or on leased property with
respect to which such landlord has executed and delivered to the Agent

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
a Landlord Agreement and which was the subject of an invoice to such
Borrower from the seller thereof dated not more than 90 days prior to
the date of determination; (ii) was manufactured not more than 365
days prior to the date of determination; (iii) is at all times subject
to the first priority security interest of the Agent under the
Security Agreements and is not subject to any other Lien, including,
without limitation, any Lien under any of the Distributor Agreements
(except to the extent permitted under any Lien Subordination
Agreement) or otherwise; (iv) is in good and saleable condition; (v)
is not on consignment from any distributor; (vi) does not constitute
returned, repossessed, damaged or slow-moving goods; (vii) conforms in
all respects to the warranties and representations set forth herein
and in each Security Agreement; (viii) is not subject to a negotiable
document of title (unless issued or endorsed to the Agent); (ix) is
not subject to any license or other agreement that limits or restricts
either Borrower's or the Agent's right to sell or otherwise dispose of
such inventory; (x) does not consist of Special Inventory; and (xi)
has otherwise been determined by the Agent in its reasonable credit
judgment not to be ineligible for the purposes hereof.

     "Environmental Authority" means any foreign, federal, state,
local or regional government that exercises any form of jurisdiction
or authority under any Environmental Requirement.

     "Environmental Authorizations" means all licenses, permits,
orders, approvals, notices, registrations or other legal prerequisites
for conducting the business of either Borrower or any Subsidiary
required by any Environmental Requirement.

     "Environmental Judgments and Orders" means all judgments,
decrees or orders arising from or in any way associated with any
Environmental Requirements, whether or not entered upon consent, or
written agreements with an Environmental Authority or other entity
arising from or in any way associated with any Environmental
Requirement, whether or not incorporated in a judgment, decree or
order.

     "Environmental Liabilities" means any liabilities, whether
accrued, contingent or otherwise, arising from and in any way
associated with any Environmental Requirements.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
     "Environmental Notices" means notice from any Environmental
Authority or by any other person or entity, of possible or alleged
noncompliance with or liability under any Environmental Requirement,
including without limitation any complaints, citations, demands or
requests from any Environmental Authority or from any other person or
entity for correction of any violation of any Environmental
Requirement or any investigations concerning any violation of any
Environmental Requirement.

     "Environmental Proceedings" means any judicial or
administrative proceedings arising from or in any way associated with
any Environmental Requirement.

     "Environmental Releases" means releases as defined in CERCLA
or under any applicable state or local environmental law or
regulation.

     "Environmental Requirements" means any legal requirement
relating to health, safety or the environment and applicable to either
Borrower, any Subsidiary or the Properties, including but not limited
to any such requirement under CERCLA or similar state legislation and
all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, regulations, orders,
writs, decrees and common law.

     "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended from time to time, or any successor law.  Any
reference to any provision of ERISA shall also be deemed to be a
reference to any successor provision or provisions thereof.

     "Euro-Dollar Business Day" means any Domestic Business Day
on which dealings in Dollar deposits are carried out in the London
interbank market.

     "Euro-Dollar Loan" means a Loan which bears or is to bear
interest at a rate based upon the London Interbank Offered Rate and to
be made as a Euro-Dollar Loan pursuant to the applicable Notice of
Borrowing.

     "Euro-Dollar Reserve Percentage" has the meaning set forth
in Section 2.05(c).

     "Event of Default" has the meaning set forth in Section
7.01.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
     "Existing Letters of Credit" means, individually or
collectively, as the context shall require, the letters of credit
issued by Wachovia for the account of SED described below:

         L/C No.        Issue Date     Face Amount    Beneficiary

         80010          6/27/97        $100,000       Globelle, Inc.
         80011          6/27/97        $ 70,000       Globelle, Inc.
         80012          6/27/97        $ 70,000       Globelle, Inc.
         80013          6/27/97        $ 70,000       Globelle, Inc.
         80014          6/27/97        $ 70,000       Globelle, Inc.
         80015          6/27/97        $200,000       Globelle, Inc.
         80016          6/27/97        $ 70,000       Globelle, Inc.
         80017          6/27/97        $100,000       Globelle, Inc.
         80018          6/27/97        $500,000       Globelle, Inc.
         80019          6/27/97        $100,000       Globelle, Inc.


     "Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the rate per annum
(rounded upward, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) equal
to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds
transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by
Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York on the Domestic Business Day next succeeding such
day, provided that (i) if the day for which such rate is to be
determined is not a Domestic Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for
such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding
Domestic Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Domestic
Business Day, and (ii) if such rate is not so published for any day,
the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged
to the Agent on such day on such transactions, as determined by the
Agent.

     "Fiscal Month" means any fiscal month of the Borrowers.

     "Fiscal Quarter" means any fiscal quarter of the Borrowers.

     "Fiscal Year" means any fiscal year of the Borrowers.

     "Fronting Fee" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in
Section 3.08.

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
     "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles
applied on a basis consistent with those which, in accordance with
Section 1.02, are to be used in making the calculations for purposes
of determining compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

     "Guarantee" by any Person means any obligation, contingent
or otherwise, of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any
Debt or other obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect,
contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to secure, purchase or pay
(or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt
or other obligation (whether arising by virtue of partnership
arrangements, by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods,
securities or services, to provide collateral security, to
take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or
otherwise) or (ii) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any
other manner the obligee of such Debt or other obligation of the
payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect
thereof (in whole or in part), provided that the term Guarantee shall
not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary
course of business.  The term "Guarantee" used as a verb has a
corresponding meaning.

     "Hazardous Materials" includes, without limitation, (a)
solid or hazardous waste, as defined in the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. Paragraph 6901 et seq. and its implementing
regulations and amendments, or in any applicable state or local law or
regulation, (b) "hazardous substance", "pollutant", or "contaminant"
as defined in CERCLA, or in any applicable state or local law or
regulation, (c) gasoline, or any other petroleum product or
by-product, including, crude oil or any fraction thereof, (d) toxic
substances, as defined in the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, or
in any applicable state or local law or regulation and (e)
insecticides, fungicides, or rodenticides, as defined in the Federal
Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act of 1975, or in any
applicable state or local law or regulation, as each such Act, statute
or regulation may be amended from time to time.

     "HP (US) Agreement" means the U.S Distributor Agreement
dated June 27, 1997, between Hewlett-Packard Company and SED, as the
same may be extended, renewed, amended, supplemented or replaced from
time to time.

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
     "Income Available for Fixed Charges" for any period means
the sum of (i) Consolidated Net Income, (ii) taxes on income, (iii)
depreciation expense, (iv) amortization expense, and (v) Consolidated
Fixed Charges, all determined with respect to the Borrowers and the
Consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period and
in accordance with GAAP.

     "Interest Period" means: (1) with respect to each
Euro-Dollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such
Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the
first, second, third or sixth month thereafter, as the relevant
Borrower may elect in the applicable Notice of Borrowing; provided
that:

          (a)  any Interest Period (subject to paragraph (c) below)
     which would otherwise end on a day which is not a Euro-Dollar
     Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Euro-Dollar
     Business Day unless such Euro-Dollar Business Day falls in
     another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall
     end on the next preceding Euro-Dollar Business Day;

          (b)  any Interest Period which begins on the last
     Euro-Dollar Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for
     which there is no numerically corresponding day in the
     appropriate subsequent calendar month) shall, subject to
     paragraph (c) below, end on the last Euro-Dollar Business Day of
     the appropriate subsequent calendar month; and 

          (c) no Interest Period may be selected which begins before
     the Termination Date and would otherwise end after the
     Termination Date.

(2) with respect to each Base Rate Borrowing, the period commencing on
the date of such Borrowing and ending 30 days thereafter; provided
that:

          (a)  any Interest Period (subject to paragraph (b) below)
     which would otherwise end on a day which is not a Domestic
     Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Domestic
     Business Day; and

          (b)  no Interest Period which begins before the Termination
     Date and would otherwise end after the Termination Date may be
     selected.

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
     "Inventory" means all inventory of each Borrower, or in
which it has rights,whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever
located, including, without limitation, all goods of each Borrower
held for sale or lease or furnished or to be furnished under contracts
of service, all goods held for display or demonstration, goods on
lease or consignment, spare parts, repair parts, returned and
repossessed goods, all raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods
and supplies used or consumed in such Borrower's business, together
with all documents, documents of title, dock warrants, dock receipts,
warehouse receipts, bills of lading or orders for the delivery of all,
or any portion, of the foregoing.

     "Landlord Agreement" means a landlord agreement in favor of
the Agent substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit K attached
hereto.

     "Lending Office" means, as to each Bank, its office located
at its address set forth on the signature pages hereof (or identified
on the signature pages hereof as its Lending Office) or such other
office as such Bank may hereafter designate as its Lending Office by
notice to the Borrowers and the Agent.

     "Letter of Credit" shall mean a commercial or standby letter
of credit issued by the Agent for the account of either Borrower
pursuant to Article III.

     "Letter of Credit Fee" shall have the meaning ascribed to it
in Section 3.08.

     "Letter of Credit Obligations" shall mean, at any particular
time, the sum of (a) the Reimbursement Obligations at such time, (b)
the aggregate maximum amount available for drawing under the Letters
of Credit at such time and (c) the aggregate maximum amount available
for drawing under Letters of Credit which have been requested pursuant
to Section 3.04(a) and approved for issuance by the Agent pursuant to
Section 3.04(b) and which are to be, but have not yet been, issued.

     "Letter of Credit Application Agreement" shall mean, with
respect to a Letter of Credit, such form of application therefor
(whether in a single or several documents) as the Agent may employ in
the ordinary course of business for its own account, whether or not
providing for collateral security, with such modifications thereto as
may by agreed upon by the Agent and the relevant Borrower and are not

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
materially adverse to the interests of the Banks; provided, however,
that in the event of any conflict between the terms of any Letter of
Credit Application Agreement and this Agreement, the terms of this
Agreement shall control.  

     "Leverage Ratio" means the ratio of Debt to Consolidated
Tangible Net Worth, determined at any applicable time.

     "Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, deed
to secure debt, deed of trust, lien, pledge, charge, security
interest, security title, preferential arrangement which has the
practical effect of constituting a security interest or encumbrance,
or encumbrance or servitude of any kind in respect of such asset to
secure or assure payment of any Debt, whether by consensual agreement
or by operation of statute or other law, or by any agreement,
contingent or otherwise, to provide any of the foregoing.  For the
purposes of this Agreement, each Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be
deemed to own subject to a Lien any asset which it has acquired or
holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any
conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other title retention
agreement relating to such asset.

     "Lien Subordination Agreement" means (i) the Lien
Subordination Agreement among the Agent, SED, and Hewlett-Packard
Company dated as of June 27, 1997, as the same may be extended,
renewed, amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time, and (ii)
each additional lien subordination agreement among the Agent, SED or
SEC, and the respective distributor, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Agent and the Banks in all respects.

     "Loan" means a Base Rate Loan, Euro-Dollar Loan, Syndicated
Loan, Discretionary Loan, or Swing Loan, and "Loans" means Base Rate
Loans, Euro-Dollar Loans, Syndicated Loans, Discretionary Loans, Swing
Loans, or any or all of them, as the context shall require.

     "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Notes, each
Letter of Credit Application Agreement, each Borrowing Base
Certificate, each Lien Subordination Agreement, each Landlord
Agreement, each Security Agreement, any other document evidencing,
relating to or securing the Loans or the Letters of Credit, and any
other document or instrument delivered from time to time in connection

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
with this Agreement, the Notes, the Loans, each Lien Subordination
Agreement, each Landlord Agreement, each Security Agreement, or the
Letters of Credit, as such documents and instruments may be amended or
supplemented from time to time.

     "London Interbank Offered Rate" has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.05(c).

     "Margin Stock" means "margin stock" as defined in
Regulations G, T, U or X.

     "Material Adverse Effect" means, with respect to any event,
act, condition or occurrence of whatever nature (including  any
adverse determination in any litigation, arbitration, or governmental
investigation or proceeding), whether singly or in conjunction with
any other event or events, act or acts, condition or conditions,
occurrence or occurrences, whether or not related, a material adverse
change in, or a material adverse effect upon, any of (a) the financial
condition, operations, business, properties or prospects of the
Borrowers and the Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the
rights and remedies of the Agent or the Banks under the Loan
Documents, or the ability of either Borrower to perform its
obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, as
applicable, or (c) the legality, validity or enforceability of any
Loan Document.

     "Moody's" means Moody's Investor Service, Inc.

     "Multiemployer Plan" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

     "Net Income" means, as applied to any Person for any period,
the aggregate amount of net income of such Person, after taxes, for
such period, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "Net Proceeds of Capital Stock" means any proceeds received
by either Borrower or a Consolidated Subsidiary in respect of the
issuance of Capital Stock, after deducting therefrom all reasonable
and customary costs and expenses incurred by such Borrower or such
Consolidated Subsidiary directly in connection with the issuance of
such Capital Stock.

     "Notes" means each of the Syndicated Loan Notes or the Swing
Loan Note, or any or all of them, as the context shall require.

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
     "Notice of Borrowing" has the meaning set forth in Section
2.02.

     "Obligations" shall mean any and all indebtednesses, li-
abilities and obligations of the Borrowers to the Agent and the Banks,
arising under the Notes, any Letter of Credit Application Agreement or
otherwise under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including
without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any indebtedness,
liability or obligation of the Borrowers to the Agent and the Banks
under any later or future advances or loans made hereunder, and any
and all extensions or renewals thereof in whole or in part; and any
and all future or additional indebtednesses, liabilities or obliga-
tions hereunder of the Borrowers to the Agent and the Banks whatsoever
and in any event, whether existing as of the date hereof or hereafter
arising, whether direct, indirect, absolute or contingent, as maker,
endorser, guarantor, surety or otherwise, and whether evidenced by,
arising out of, or relating to, a promissory note, bill of exchange,
check, draft, bond, letter of credit, guaranty agreement, bankers' 
acceptance, foreign exchange contract, interest rate protection
agreement, commitment fee, service charge or otherwise.

     "Officer's Certificate" has the meaning set forth in Section
4.01(f).

     "Operating Profits" means, as applied to any Person for any
period, earnings before taxes plus interest of such Person for such
period, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "Participant" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.08(b).

     "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any
entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

     "Performance Pricing Determination Date" has the meaning set
forth in Section 2.05.

     "Person" means an individual, a corporation, a partnership,
an unincorporated association, a trust or any other entity or
organization, including, but not limited to, a government or political
subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
     "Plan" means at any time an employee pension benefit plan
which is covered by Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum
funding standards under Section 412 of the Code and is either (i)
maintained by a member of the Controlled Group for employees of any
member of the Controlled Group or (ii) maintained pursuant to a
collective bargaining agreement or any other arrangement under which
more than one employer makes contributions and to which a member of
the Controlled Group is then making or accruing an obligation to make
contributions or has within the preceding 5 plan years made
contributions.

     "Prime Rate" refers to that interest rate so denominated and
set by Wachovia from time to time as an interest rate basis for
borrowings.  The Prime Rate is but one of several interest rate bases
used by Wachovia.  Wachovia lends at interest rates above and below
the Prime Rate.

     "Properties" means all real property owned, leased or
otherwise used or occupied by either Borrower or any Subsidiary,
wherever located.

     "Purchase Documents" means that certain Asset Purchase
Agreement between SEC and Globelle, Inc. dated as of June 27, 1997.

     "Redeemable Preferred Stock" of any Person means any
preferred stock issued by such Person which is at any time prior to
the Termination Date either (i) mandatorily redeemable (by sinking
fund or similar payments or otherwise) or (ii) redeemable at the
option of the holder thereof.

     "Refunding Loan" means a new Syndicated Loan made on the day
on which an outstanding Syndicated Loan is maturing or a Base Rate
Borrowing is being converted to a Euro-Dollar Borrowing, if and to the
extent that the proceeds thereof are used entirely for the purpose of
paying such maturing Loan or Loan being converted, excluding any
difference between the amount of such maturing Loan or Loan being
converted and any greater amount being borrowed on such day and
actually either being made available to the relevant Borrower pursuant
to Section 2.02(c) or remitted to the Agent as provided in Section
2.12, in each case as contemplated in Section 2.02(d).

     "Regulation G" means Regulation G of the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time,

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
together with all official rulings and interpretations issued
thereunder.

     "Regulation T" means Regulation T of the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time,
together with all official rulings and interpretations issued
thereunder.

     "Regulation U" means Regulation U of the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time,
together with all official rulings and interpretations issued
thereunder.

     "Regulation X" means Regulation X of the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time,
together with all official rulings and interpretations issued
thereunder.

     "Reimbursement Obligations" means the reimbursement or
repayment obligations of the Borrowers to the Agent pursuant to
Section 3.05 with respect to Letters of Credit.

     "Reported Net Income" means, for any period, the Net Income
of the Borrowers and the Consolidated Subsidiaries determined on a
consolidated basis.

     "Required Banks" means (i) at any time during which any Bank
holds 65% or more of the Aggregate Commitments, Banks having at least
85% of the Aggregate Commitments or, if the Commitments are no longer
in effect, Banks holding at least 85% of the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of the sum of the Syndicated Loans, and (ii) at any
time during which no Bank holds 65% or more of the Aggregate
Commitments, Banks having at least 66 2/3% of the Aggregate
Commitments or, if the Commitments are no longer in effect, Banks
holding at least 66 2/3% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount
of the sum of the Syndicated Loans.

     "Restricted Investment" shall mean any investment in cash or
by delivery of property to any Person, whether by acquisition of
stock, indebtedness or other obligation (including, without
limitation, by Guarantee of such Person) or security, or by loan,
advance or capital contribution, or otherwise, or in any property,
except that investments consisting of the following shall not
constitute "Restricted Investments":  (i) property used or to be used

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
in the ordinary course of business; (ii) current assets arising from
the sale of goods or the provision of services in the ordinary course
of business; (iii) loans or advances to employees for salary,
commissions, travel or the like, made in the ordinary course of
business; and (iv) unless immediately after giving effect to the
making of any of the following investments, a Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, investments in (A)
direct obligations of the United States Government maturing within one
year, (B) certificates of deposit issued by a commercial bank whose
credit is satisfactory to the Agent, (C) commercial paper rated A1 or
the equivalent thereof by S&P or P1 or the equivalent thereof by
Moody's and in either case maturing within 6 months after the date of
acquisition and/or (D) tender bonds the payment of the principal of
and interest on which is fully supported by a letter of credit issued
by a United States bank whose long-term certificates of deposit are
rated at least AA or the equivalent thereof by S&P and Aa or the
equivalent thereof by Moody's.

     "Restricted Payment" means (i) any dividend or other
distribution on any shares of SEC's Capital Stock (except dividends
payable solely in shares of its Capital Stock) or (ii) any payment on
account of the purchase, redemption, retirement or acquisition of (a)
any shares of SEC's Capital Stock (except shares acquired upon the
conversion thereof into other shares of its Capital Stock) or (b) any
option, warrant or other right to acquire shares of SEC's Capital
Stock.

     "SEC" means Southern Electronics Corporation, a Delaware
corporation.

     "SED" means SED International, Inc., formerly known as
Southern Electronics Distributors, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

     "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a division of
McGraw-Hill, Inc.

     "Security Agreement(s)" means each Security Agreement
executed by each of the Borrowers dated as of June 27, 1997, as the
same may be extended, renewed, amended, supplemented or replaced from
time to time.

     "Senior Management" means all officers of a Borrower having
the title of Vice President or above.

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
     "Special Inventory" shall mean any Inventory purchased by
either Borrower from a distributor who is offering for sale such
Inventory pursuant to a one-time special cash discount offer which is
not scheduled as a part of such distributor's standard, customary or
contractual discounts.

     "Stockholders' Equity" means, at any time, the shareholders'
equity of the Borrowers and the Consolidated Subsidiaries, as set
forth or reflected on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of
the Borrowers and the Consolidated Subsidiaries prepared in accordance
with GAAP, but excluding any Redeemable Preferred Stock of either
Borrower or any of the Consolidated Subsidiaries.  Shareholders'
equity generally would include, but not be limited to (i) the par or
stated value of all outstanding Capital Stock, (ii) capital surplus,
(iii) retained earnings, and (iv) various  deductions such as (A)
purchases of treasury stock, (B) valuation allowances, (C) receivables
due from an employee stock ownership plan, (D) employee stock
ownership plan debt guarantees, and (E) translation adjustments for
foreign currency transactions.

     "Subsidiary" means any corporation or other entity of which
securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power
to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons
performing similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly
owned by either Borrower.

     "Swing Loan" means a Loan made by Wachovia pursuant to
Section 2.01(b), which must be a Base Rate Loan.

     "Swing Loan Note" means the Amended and Restated Swing Loan
Note issued by the Borrowers, substantially in the form of Exhibit
A-2, evidencing the obligation of the Borrowers to repay the Swing
Loans, together with all amendments, consolidations, modifications,
renewals, and supplements thereto.

     "Syndicated Loan Notes" means the Amended and Restated
Syndicated Loans Notes issued by the Borrowers, substantially in the
form of Exhibit A-1, evidencing the obligation of the Borrowers to
repay Syndicated Loans, together with all amendments, consolidations,
modifications, renewals and supplements thereto.

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
     "Syndicated Loans" means Base Rate Loans or Euro-Dollar
Loans made pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in Section
2.01.

     "Taxes" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(c).

     "Termination Date" means whichever is applicable of (i)
August 13, 2000, (ii) the date the Commitments are terminated pursuant
to Section 7.01 following the occurrence of an Event of Default, or
(iii) the date the Borrowers terminate the Commitments entirely
pursuant to Section 2.07.

     "Third Parties" means all lessees, sublessees, licensees and
other users of the Properties, excluding those users of the Properties
in the ordinary course of the Borrowers' business and on a temporary
basis.

     "Transferee" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.08(d).

     "Unfunded Vested Liabilities" means, with respect to any
Plan at any time, the amount (if any) by which (i) the present value
of all vested nonforfeitable benefits under such Plan exceeds (ii) the
fair market value of all Plan assets allocable to such benefits, all
determined as of the then most recent valuation date for such Plan,
but only to the extent that such excess represents a potential
liability of a member of the Controlled Group to the PBGC or the Plan
under Title IV of ERISA.

     "Wachovia" means Wachovia Bank, N.A., a national banking
association, and its successors.

     "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary all of the
shares of capital stock or other ownership interests of which (except
directors' qualifying shares) are at the time directly or indirectly
owned by either Borrower.

     SECTION 1.02. Accounting Terms and Determinations.  Unless
otherwise specified herein, all terms of an accounting character used
herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder
shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered
hereunder shall be prepared, in accordance with GAAP, applied on a
basis consistent (except for changes concurred in by the Borrowers'
independent public accountants or otherwise required by a change in
GAAP) with the most recent audited consolidated financial statements
of the Borrowers and the Consolidated Subsidiaries delivered to the
Banks unless with respect to any such change concurred in by the
Borrowers' independent public accountants or required by GAAP, in

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
determining compliance with any of the provisions of this Agreement or
any of the other Loan Documents: (i) the Borrowers shall have objected
to determining such compliance on such basis at the time of delivery
of such financial statements, or (ii) the Required Banks shall so
object in writing within 30 days after the delivery of such financial
statements, in either of which events such calculations shall be made
on a basis consistent with those used in the preparation of the latest
financial statements as to which such objection shall not have been
made (which, if objection is made in respect of the first financial
statements delivered under Section 6.01, shall mean the financial
statements referred to in Section 5.04).

     SECTION 1.03. References.  Unless otherwise indicated,
references in this Agreement to "Articles", "Exhibits", "Schedules",
"Sections" and other Subdivisions are references to articles,
exhibits, schedules, sections and other subdivisions hereof.

     SECTION 1.04. Use of Defined Terms.  All terms defined in
this Agreement shall have the same defined meanings when used in any
of the other Loan Documents, unless otherwise defined therein or
unless the context shall require otherwise.

     SECTION 1.05. Terminology.  All personal pronouns used in
this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter
gender, shall include all other genders; the singular shall include
the plural, and the plural shall include the singular.  Titles of Ar-
ticles and Sections in this Agreement are for convenience only, and
neither limit nor amplify the provisions of this Agreement, and all
references in this Agreement to Articles, Sections, Subsections,
paragraphs, clauses, subclauses or Exhibits shall refer to the
corresponding Article, Section, Subsection, paragraph, clause,
subclause of, or Exhibit attached to, this Agreement, unless specific
reference is made to the articles, sections or other subdivisions
divisions of, or Exhibit to, another document or instrument.  Wherever
in this Agreement reference is made to any instrument, agreement or
other document, including, without limitation, any of the Loan
Documents, such reference shall be understood to mean and include any
and all amendments thereto or modifications, restatements, renewals or

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
extensions thereof.  Wherever in this Agreement reference is made to
any statute, such reference shall be understood to mean and include
any and all amendments thereof and all regulations promulgated
pursuant thereto.  Whenever any matter set forth herein or in any Loan
Document is to be consented to or be satisfactory to the Agent or
either of the Banks, or is to be determined, calculated or approved by
the Agent or either of the Banks, then, unless otherwise expressly set
forth herein or in any such Loan Document, such consent, satisfaction,
determination, calculation or approval shall be in the sole discretion
of the Agent or either of the Banks, exercised in good faith and,
where required by law, in a commercially reasonable manner, and shall
be conclusive absent manifest error.


                              ARTICLE II

                              THE CREDITS

     SECTION 2.01. Commitments to Lend Syndicated Loans. (a) Each
Bank severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth herein,
to make Syndicated Loans to either Borrower from time to time before
the Termination Date; provided that, 

               (i) immediately after each such Syndicated Loan is
          made, the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal amount
          of Syndicated Loans and Discretionary Loans to both
          Borrowers by such Bank and the risk participation of such
          Bank in Letter of Credit Obligations of both Borrowers shall
          not exceed the amount of its Commitment, and

               (ii) the Aggregate Principal Amount Outstanding shall
          not exceed the lesser of (x) the Borrowing Base plus the
          outstanding principal amount of all Discretionary Loans, or
          (y) the Aggregate Commitments.  

Each Syndicated Borrowing under this Section shall be in an aggregate
principal amount of: (i) for Euro-Dollar Loans, $1,000,000 or any
larger integral multiple of $100,000; and (ii) for Base Rate Loans,
(x) so long as there are fewer than 3 Banks parties hereto, $100,000
or any larger integral multiple of $50,000 and (y) at any time during
which there are 3 or more Banks parties hereto, $1,000,000 or any
larger integral multiple of $100,000 (except in each case that any

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
such Syndicated Borrowing may be in the aggregate amount of the
Aggregate Unused Commitments) and shall be made from the several Banks
ratably in proportion to their respective Commitments.  Within the
foregoing limits, either Borrower may borrow under this Section, repay
or, to the extent permitted by Section 2.09, prepay Syndicated Loans
and reborrow under this Section at any time before the Termination
Date.

     (b)  Swing Loans.  In addition to the foregoing, at any time
during which there are 3 or more Banks parties hereto, Wachovia shall
from time to time, upon the request of either Borrower, if the
applicable conditions precedent in Article IV have been satisfied,
make Swing Loans to such Borrower in an aggregate principal amount at
any time outstanding not exceeding $5,000,000; provided that,
immediately after such Swing Loan is made, the Aggregate Principal
Amount Outstanding shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the Borrowing
Base plus the outstanding principal amount of all Discretionary Loans,
or (y) the Aggregate Commitments.  Each Swing Borrowing under this
Section 2.01(b) shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000
or any larger multiple of $25,000.  Within the foregoing limits, the
Borrowers may borrow under this Section 2.01(b), prepay and reborrow
under this Section 2.01(b) at any time before the Termination Date. 
Swing Loans shall be included in the calculation of "Aggregate
Principal Amount Outstanding" hereunder, but shall not be considered a
utilization of the Commitment of Wachovia or any other Bank hereunder. 
All Swing Loans shall be made as Base Rate Loans.  At any time, upon
the request of Wachovia, each Bank other than Wachovia shall, on the
third Domestic Business Day after such request is made, purchase a
participating interest in Swing Loans in an amount equal to its
ratable share (based upon its respective Commitment) of such Swing
Loans.  On such third Domestic Business Day, each Bank will
immediately transfer to Wachovia, in immediately available funds, the
amount of its participation.  Whenever, at any time after Wachovia has
received from any such Bank its participating interest in a Swing
Loan, the Agent receives any payment on account thereof, the Agent
will distribute to such Bank its participating interest in such amount
(appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect
the period of time during which such Bank's participating interest was
outstanding and funded); provided, however, that in the event that
such payment received by the Agent is required to be returned, such
Bank will return to the Agent any portion thereof previously
distributed by the Agent to it.  Each Bank's obligation to purchase

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
such participating interests shall be absolute and unconditional and
shall not be affected by any circumstance, including, without
limitation:  (i) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or
other right which such Bank or any other Person may have against
Wachovia requesting such purchase or any other Person for any reason
whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an
Event of Default or the termination of the Commitments; (iii) any
adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of either of
the Borrowers or any other Person; (iv) any breach of this Agreement
by either of the Borrowers or any other Bank; or (v) any other
circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to
any of the foregoing.

     (c) Discretionary Loans. In the event that either Borrower
desires to obtain a Loan to purchase Special Inventory but the making
of such Loan would cause the Borrowers to exceed the Borrowing Base,
the Banks may, in the exercise of their sole discretion, advance (in
the amount of their pro rata Commitment percentage) to either Borrower
an amount up to 100% of the inventory purchase cost of such Special
Inventory as determined by the Agent in the exercise of its sole
discretion (such Loan is hereinafter referred to as a "Discretionary
Loan"); provided, however, that, in no event shall the aggregate
outstanding principal balance of all Discretionary Loans exceed
$10,000,000 at any one time.  The principal and accrued interest
balance of any Discretionary Loan shall be repaid by the Borrowers on
or before 60 days after the date of the advance of each such
Discretionary Loan; provided, however, collections of Accounts
Receivable arising from the sale of Special Inventory shall be
immediately applied as a prepayment of outstanding Discretionary
Loans.  Each Discretionary Loan shall bear interest as set forth in
Section 2.05.  All Discretionary Loans shall be evidenced by the
Syndicated Loan Notes.

     SECTION 2.02. Method of Borrowing.  (a) The requesting
Borrower shall give the Agent notice (a "Notice of Borrowing"), which
shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E, prior to 12:00 P.M.
(Atlanta, Georgia time) on the same Domestic Business Day as each Base
Rate Borrowing and at least 3 Euro-Dollar Business Days before each
Euro-Dollar Borrowing, specifying:

          (i)  the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Domestic
     Business Day in the case of a Base Rate Borrowing or a
     Euro-Dollar Business Day in the case of a Euro-Dollar  Borrowing,

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
          (ii) the aggregate amount of such Borrowing, 

          (iii) whether such Borrowing is to be a Syndicated Borrowing
     or a Swing Borrowing, and in the case of a Syndicated Borrowing,
     whether the Syndicated Loans comprising such Borrowing are to be
     Base Rate Loans or Euro-Dollar Loans,

          (iv) in the case of a Euro-Dollar Borrowing, the duration of
     the Interest Period applicable thereto, subject to the provisions 
     of the definition of Interest Period, and

          (v) the amount available to be borrowed under Section 2.01.

          (b)  Upon receipt of a Notice of Borrowing, the Agent shall
promptly notify each Bank of the contents thereof, and of such Bank's
ratable share of such Syndicated Borrowing and such Notice of
Borrowing, once received by the Agent, shall not thereafter be
revocable by either Borrower.

          (c) Not later than (x) for Euro-Dollar Loans, 11:00 A.M.,
and (y) for Base Rate Loans, 2:00 P.M., (Atlanta, Georgia time) on the
date of each Syndicated Borrowing, each Bank shall (except as provided
in paragraph (d) of this Section) make available its ratable share of
such Syndicated Borrowing, in Federal or other funds immediately
available in Atlanta, Georgia, to the Agent at its address determined
pursuant to Section 10.01.  Unless the Agent determines that any
applicable condition specified in Article IV has not been satisfied,
the Agent will make the funds so received from the Banks available to
the relevant Borrower at the Agent's aforesaid address.  Unless the
Agent receives notice from a Bank, at the Agent's address referred to
in or specified pursuant to Section 10.01, no later than 2:00 P.M.
(local time at such address) on the Domestic Business Day before the
date of a Syndicated Borrowing stating that such Bank will not make a
Syndicated Loan in connection with such Syndicated Borrowing, the
Agent shall be entitled to assume that such Bank will make a
Syndicated Loan in connection with such Syndicated Borrowing and, in
reliance on such assumption, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated
to) make available such Bank's ratable share of such Syndicated
Borrowing to the requesting Borrower for the account of such Bank.  If
the Agent makes such Bank's ratable share available to the requesting

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
Borrower and such Bank does not in fact make its ratable share of such
Syndicated Borrowing available on such date, the Agent shall be
entitled to recover such Bank's ratable share from such Bank or the
Borrowers (and for such purpose shall be entitled to charge such
amount to any account of the Borrowers maintained with the Agent),
together with interest thereon for each day during the period from the
date of such Syndicated Borrowing until such sum shall be paid in full
at a rate per annum equal to the rate at which the Agent determines
that it obtained (or could have obtained) overnight Federal funds to
cover such amount for each such day during such period, provided that
(i) any such payment by the Borrowers of such Bank's ratable share and
interest thereon shall be without prejudice to any rights that the
Borrowers may have against such Bank and (ii) until such Bank has paid
its ratable share of such Syndicated Borrowing, together with interest
pursuant to the foregoing, it will have no interest in or rights with
respect to such Syndicated Borrowing for any purpose hereunder.  If
the Agent does not exercise its option to advance funds for the
account of such Bank, it shall forthwith notify the Borrowers of such
decision.  Unless the Agent determines that any applicable condition
specified in Article IV has not been satisfied, Wachovia will make
available to the requesting Borrower at Wachovia's Lending Office the
amount of any such Borrowing which is a Swing Borrowing.

          (d) If any Bank makes a new Syndicated Loan hereunder on a
day on which the relevant Borrower is to repay all or any part of an
outstanding Syndicated Loan from such Bank, such Bank shall apply the
proceeds of its new Syndicated Loan to make such repayment as a
Refunding Loan and only an amount equal to the difference (if any)
between the amount being borrowed and the amount of such Refunding
Loan shall be made available by such Bank to the Agent as provided in
paragraph (c) of this Section, or remitted by the relevant Borrower to
the Agent as provided in Section 2.12, as the case may be.

          (e)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
this Agreement, no Euro-Dollar Borrowing may be made if there shall
have occurred a Default or an Event of Default, which Default or Event
of Default shall not have been cured or waived, and all Refunding
Loans shall be made as Base Rate Loans (but shall bear interest at the
Default Rate, if applicable).

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
          (f) In the event that a Notice of Borrowing fails to specify
whether the Syndicated Loans comprising such Syndicated Borrowing are
to be Base Rate Loans, or Euro-Dollar Loans, such Syndicated Loans
shall be made as Base Rate Loans.  If the Borrowers are otherwise
entitled under this Agreement to repay any Syndicated Loans maturing
at the end of an Interest Period applicable thereto with the proceeds
of a new Borrowing, and either Borrower fails to repay such Syndicated
Loans using its own moneys and fails to give a Notice of Borrowing in
connection with such new Syndicated Borrowing, a new Syndicated
Borrowing shall be deemed to be made on the date such Syndicated Loans
mature in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Syndicated
Loans so maturing, and the Syndicated Loans comprising such new
Syndicated Borrowing shall be Base Rate Loans.

          (g)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, there shall not be more than 7 Euro-Dollar Borrowings
outstanding at any given time.

          SECTION 2.03. Notes.  (a)  The Syndicated Loans of each Bank
shall be evidenced by a single Syndicated Loan Note from each Borrower
payable to the order of such Bank for the account of its Lending
Office in an amount equal to the original principal amount of such
Bank's Commitment.

          (b)  The Swing Loans made by Wachovia to each Borrower shall
be evidenced by a single Swing Loan Note payable by such Borrower to
the order of Wachovia for the account of its Lending Office in an
amount equal to $5,000,000.

          (c)  Upon receipt of each Bank's Notes pursuant to Section
4.01, the Agent shall deliver such Notes to such Bank.  Each Bank (or
Wachovia, with respect to the Swing Loan) shall record, and prior to
any transfer of its Notes shall endorse on the schedules forming a
part thereof (or on separate records of such Bank) appropriate
notations to evidence, the date, amount and maturity of, and effective
interest rate for, each Loan made by it, the date and amount of each
payment of principal made by the Borrowers with respect thereto, and
such schedules of each such Bank's Notes or other records of such Bank
shall constitute rebuttable presumptive evidence of the respective
principal amounts owing and unpaid on such Bank's Notes; provided that
the failure of any Bank to make, or any error in making, any such
recordation or endorsement shall not affect the obligation of the
Borrowers hereunder or under the Notes or the ability of any Bank to

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
assign its Notes.  Each Bank is hereby irrevocably authorized by each
Borrower so to endorse its Notes and to attach to and make a part of
any Note a continuation of any such schedule as and when required.

          SECTION 2.04. Maturity of Loans.  (a) Except with respect to
Discretionary Loans as set forth in Section 2.01(c), each Loan
included in any Borrowing shall mature, and the principal amount
thereof shall be due and payable, on the last day of the Interest
Period applicable to such Borrowing.

          (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the outstanding
principal amount of the Loans, if any, together with all accrued but
unpaid interest thereon, if any, shall be due and payable on the
Termination Date.

          SECTION 2.05. Interest Rates.  (a) "Applicable Margin"
means: 

         (i)  for the period commencing on the Closing Date to and
including the first Performance Pricing Determination Date, (x) for
any Base Rate Loan, 0.00%, and (y) for any Euro-Dollar Loan, 2.75%;
and 

         (ii) from and after the first Performance Pricing
Determination Date, the percentage determined on each Performance
Pricing Determination Date by reference to the table set forth below
as to such type of Loan and the Leverage Ratio calculated by the Agent
from the most recent 10-Q quarterly statement described in Section
6.01(i) for the quarterly period ending immediately prior to such
Performance Pricing Determination Date.

<TABLE>  
  Leverage Ratio                         Applicable Margin       Base Rate Loan
                                          Euro-Dollar Loan
<S>                                             <C>                    <C>
[greater than] 6.0 to 1.0                       3.25%                  0.50%

[greater than] 5.0 to 1.0 but
[less than or equal to] 6.0 to 1.0              2.75%                   0.0%

[greater than] 3.0 to 1.0 but
[less than or equal to] 5.0 to 1.0              2.25%                   0.0%

[less than or equal to] 3.0 to 1.0              2.00%                   0.0%
</TABLE>

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
     In determining interest for purposes of this Section 2.05 and
fees for purposes of Section 2.06, the Borrowers and the Banks shall
refer to the Borrowers' most recent 10-Q consolidated quarterly
financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(i).  If such
financial statements require a change in interest pursuant to this
Section 2.05 or fees pursuant to Section 2.06, the Borrowers shall
deliver to the Agent, along with such financial statements, a notice
to that effect, which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the
calculations supporting the required change.  The "Performance Pricing
Determination Date" is the first day of the month after the date of
receipt of such financial statements pursuant to Section 6.01(i).  Any
such required change in interest and fees shall become effective on
such Performance Pricing Determination Date, and shall be in effect
until the next Performance Pricing Determination Date, provided that:
(i) for Euro-Dollar Loans, changes in interest shall only be effective
for Interest Periods commencing on or after the Performance Pricing
Determination Date; and (ii) no fees or interest shall be decreased
pursuant to this Section 2.05 or Section 2.06 if a Default is in
existence on the Performance Pricing Determination Date. In the event
that the Borrowers fail to deliver their 10-Q quarterly financial
statements to the Agent and the Banks on or before the 45th day after
the end of any Fiscal Quarter, then the Applicable Margin shall be the
highest Applicable Margin then in effect until the next Performance
Pricing Determination Date.

     (b) Each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the
outstanding principal amount thereof, for each day from the date such
Loan is made until it becomes due, at a rate per annum equal to the
Base Rate for such day plus the Applicable Margin.  Such interest
shall be payable for each Interest Period on the last day of the
calendar month in which such Interest Period occurs.  Any overdue
principal of and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, overdue
interest on any Base Rate Loan shall bear interest, payable on demand,
for each day until paid at a rate per annum equal to the Default Rate.

     (c) Each Euro-Dollar Loan shall bear interest on the
outstanding principal amount thereof, for the Interest Period
applicable thereto, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the
Applicable Margin plus the applicable Adjusted London Interbank
Offered Rate for such Interest Period.  Such interest shall be payable
for each Interest Period on the last day thereof and, if such Interest
Period is longer than 3 months, at intervals of 3 months after the

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
first day thereof.  Any overdue principal of and, to the extent
permitted by law, overdue interest on any Euro-Dollar Loan shall bear
interest, payable on demand, for each day until paid at a rate per
annum equal to the Default Rate.

     The "Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate" applicable to
any Interest Period means a rate per annum  equal to the quotient
obtained (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of
1%) by dividing (i) the applicable London Interbank Offered Rate for
such Interest Period by (ii) 1.00 minus the Euro-Dollar Reserve
Percentage.

     The "London Interbank Offered Rate" applicable to any
Euro-Dollar Loan means for the Interest Period of such Euro-Dollar
Loan, the rate per annum determined on the basis of the offered rate
for deposits in Dollars of amounts equal or comparable to the
principal amount of such Euro-Dollar Loan offered for a term
comparable to such Interest Period, which rates appear on the Telerate
Page 3750 effective as of 11:00 A.M., London time, 2 Euro-Dollar
Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, provided
that if no such offered rates appear on such page, the "London
Interbank Offered Rate" for such Interest Period will be the
arithmetic average (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next higher
1/100th of 1%) of rates quoted by not less than 2 major banks in New
York City, selected by the Agent, at approximately 10:00 A.M., New
York City time, 2 Euro-Dollar Business Days prior to the first day of
such Interest Period, for deposits in Dollars offered by leading
European banks for a period comparable to such Interest Period in an
amount comparable to the principal amount of such Euro-Dollar Loan.

     "Euro-Dollar Reserve Percentage" means for any day that
percentage (expressed as a decimal) which is in effect on such day, as
prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or
any successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement for a
member bank of the Federal Reserve System in respect of "Eurocurrency
liabilities" (or in respect of any other category of liabilities which
includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate on
Euro-Dollar Loans is determined or any category of extensions of
credit or other assets which includes loans by a non-United States
office of any Bank to United States residents).  The Adjusted London
Interbank Offered Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of
the effective date of any change in the Euro-Dollar Reserve
Percentage.

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
     (d) The Agent shall determine each interest rate applicable
to the Loans hereunder.  The Agent shall give prompt notice to the
Borrowers and the Banks by telecopier of each rate of interest so
determined, and its determination thereof shall be conclusive in the
absence of manifest error.

     (e)  After the occurrence and during the continuance of an
Event of Default, the principal amount of the Loans (and, to the
extent permitted by applicable law, all accrued interest thereon) may,
at the election of the Required Banks, bear interest at the Default
Rate.

     SECTION 2.06. Fees.  (a) The Borrowers shall pay to the
Agent, for the ratable account of each Bank, a commitment fee,
calculated on the average daily amount of the Aggregate Unused
Commitments, at the rate of 0.25% per annum. Such commitment fees
shall accrue from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the
Termination Date and shall be payable on each March 31, June 30,
September 30 and December 31 and on the Termination Date.  

     (b)  The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable
account of each Bank, a fee equal to $18,750 upon receipt of any
proceeds received by either Borrower or a Consolidated Subsidiary in
respect of the issuance of Capital Stock in connection with a public
offering.

     (c)  The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the account
and sole benefit of the Agent, such fees and other amounts at such
times as set forth in the Agent's Letter Agreement.

     SECTION 2.07. Optional Termination or Reduction of
Commitments.  The Borrowers may, upon at least 3 Domestic Business
Days' notice to the Agent, terminate at any time, or proportionately
and permanently reduce the Aggregate Unused Commitments from time to
time by an aggregate amount of at least $5,000,000 or any larger
integral multiple of $1,000,000.  If the Commitments are terminated in
their entirety, all accrued fees (as provided under Section 2.06)
shall be due and payable on the effective date of such termination.

     SECTION 2.08. Mandatory Termination or Reduction of
Commitments.  The Commitments shall terminate on the Termination Date
and any Loans then outstanding (together with accrued interest
thereon) shall be due and payable on such date.

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
     SECTION 2.09. Optional Prepayments.  (a) The Borrowers may,
on notice to the Agent on or before the same Domestic Business Days as
the prepayment, prepay any Base Rate Borrowing in whole at any time,
or from time to time in part in amounts aggregating at least: (i) for
Syndicated Borrowings, (x) so long as there are fewer than 3 Banks
parties hereto, $100,000 or any larger integral multiple of $50,000 or
(y) at any time during which there are 3 or more Banks parties hereto,
$1,000,000 or any larger integral multiple of $100,000; and (ii) for
Swing Borrowings, $100,000 and any larger integral multiple of
$25,000, by paying the principal amount to be prepaid together with
accrued interest thereon to the date of prepayment.  Each such
optional prepayment on the Syndicated Loans shall be applied to prepay
ratably the Base Rate Loans of the several Banks included in such Base
Rate Borrowing.

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
     (b)  Subject to any payments required pursuant to the terms
of Article IX for such Euro-Dollar Loan, upon 3 Domestic Business
Day's prior written notice, the Borrowers may prepay in minimum
amounts of $1,000,000 with additional increments of $100,000 (or any
lesser amount equal to the outstanding balance of such Loan) all or
any portion of the principal amount of any Euro-Dollar Loan prior to
the maturity thereof.

     (c)  Upon receipt of a notice of prepayment pursuant to this
Section 2.09, the Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of the
contents thereof and of such Bank's ratable share of such prepayment
and such notice, once received by the Agent, shall not thereafter be
revocable by the Borrowers.

     SECTION 2.10. Mandatory Prepayments.  On each date on which
the Commitments are reduced pursuant to Section 2.07 or Section 2.09,
the Borrowers shall repay or prepay such principal amount of the
outstanding Loans, if any (together with interest accrued thereon and
any amount due under Section 9.05(a)), as may be necessary so that
after such payment the Aggregate Principal Amount Outstanding does not
exceed the Aggregate Commitments as then reduced. On each date on
which the Borrowers are aware that the Aggregate Principal Amount
Outstanding exceeds the lesser of (x) the Borrowing Base plus the
outstanding principal amount of all Discretionary Loans or (y) the
Aggregate Commitments, the Borrowers shall repay or prepay such
principal amount of the outstanding Loans, if any (together with
interest accrued thereon and any amount due under Section 9.05(a)), as
may be necessary so that after such payment the Aggregate Principal
Amount Outstanding does not exceed the lesser of (x) the Borrowing
Base plus the outstanding principal amount of all Discretionary Loans
or (y) the Aggregate Commitments.  Each such payment or prepayment
shall be applied ratably to the Loans of the Banks outstanding on the
date of payment or prepayment in the following order of priority: (i)
first, to Discretionary Loans; (ii) secondly, to Swing Rate Loans;
(iii) thirdly, to Syndicated Loans which are Base Rate Loans; and (iv)
lastly, to Euro-Dollar Loans.

     SECTION 2.12. General Provisions as to Payments.  (a) The
Borrowers shall make each payment of principal of, and interest on,
the Loans and of fees hereunder, not later than 11:00 A.M. (Atlanta,
Georgia time) on the date when due, in Federal or other funds
immediately available in Atlanta, Georgia, to the Agent at its address
referred to in Section 10.01.  The Agent will promptly distribute to
Wachovia each such payment received by the Agent on account of the

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
Swing Loans and to each Bank its ratable share of each such payment of
Syndicated Loans or fees received by the Agent for the account of the
Banks.

     (b) Whenever any payment of principal of, or interest on,
the Base Rate Loans or of fees hereunder shall be due on a day which
is not a Domestic Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be
extended to the next succeeding Domestic Business Day.  Whenever any
payment of principal of or interest on, the Euro-Dollar Loans shall be
due on a day which is not a Euro-Dollar Business Day, the date for
payment thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Euro-Dollar
Business Day unless such Euro-Dollar Business Day falls in another
calendar month, in which case the date for payment thereof shall be
the next preceding Euro-Dollar Business Day.

     (c)  All payments of principal, interest and fees and all
other amounts to be made by the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement
with respect to any Loan or fee relating thereto shall be paid without
deduction for, and free from, any tax, imposts, levies, duties,
deductions, or withholdings of any nature now or at anytime hereafter
imposed by any governmental authority or by any taxing authority
thereof or therein excluding in the case of each Bank, taxes imposed
on or measured by its net income, and franchise taxes imposed on it,
by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Bank is organized or
any political subdivision thereof and, in the case of each Bank, taxes
imposed on its income, and franchise taxes imposed on it, by the
jurisdiction of such Bank's applicable Lending Office or any political
subdivision thereof (all such non-excluded taxes, imposts, levies,
duties, deductions or withholdings of any nature being "Taxes").  In
the event that either Borrower is required by applicable law to make
any such withholding or deduction of Taxes with respect to any Loan or
fee or other amount, such Borrower shall pay such deduction or
withholding to the applicable taxing authority, shall promptly furnish
to any Bank in respect of which such deduction or withholding is made
all receipts and other documents evidencing such payment and shall pay
to such Bank additional amounts as may be necessary in order that the
amount received by such Bank after the required withholding or other
payment shall equal the amount such Bank would have received had no
such withholding or other payment been made.  If no withholding or
deduction of Taxes are payable in respect to any Loan or fee relating
thereto, the Borrowers shall furnish any Bank, at such Bank's request,
a certificate from each applicable taxing authority or an opinion of

                                       36
<PAGE>
 
counsel acceptable to such Bank, in either case stating that such
payments are exempt from or not subject to withholding or deduction of
Taxes.  If the relevant Borrower fails to provide such original or
certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment of Taxes or
certificate(s) or opinion of counsel of exemption, the Borrowers
hereby agree to compensate such Bank for, and indemnify them with
respect to, the tax consequences of such Borrower's failure to provide
evidence of tax payments or tax exemption.

     Each Bank which is not organized under the laws of the
United States or any state thereof agrees, as soon as practicable
after receipt by it of a request by either Borrower to do so, to file
all appropriate forms and take other appropriate action to obtain a
certificate or other appropriate document from the appropriate
governmental authority in the jurisdiction imposing the relevant
Taxes, establishing that it is entitled to receive payments of
principal and interest under this Agreement and the Notes without
deduction and free from withholding of any Taxes imposed by such
jurisdiction; provided that if it is unable, for any reason, to
establish such exemption, or to file such forms and, in any event,
during such period of time as such request for exemption is pending,
the Borrowers shall nonetheless remain obligated under the terms of
the immediately preceding paragraph.

     In the event any Bank receives a refund of any Taxes paid by
either Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.12(c), it will pay to such
Borrower the amount of such refund promptly upon receipt thereof;
provided that if at any time thereafter it is required to return such
refund, such Borrower shall promptly repay to it the amount of such
refund.

     Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of
the Borrowers hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the
Borrowers and the Banks contained in this Section 2.12(c) shall be
applicable with respect to any Participant, Assignee or other
Transferee, and any calculations required by such provisions (i) shall
be made based upon the circumstances of such Participant, Assignee or
other Transferee, and (ii) constitute a continuing agreement and shall
survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment in full or
cancellation of the Notes.

     SECTION 2.13. Computation of Interest and Fees.  Interest on
Base Rate Loans and Euro-Dollar Loans shall be computed on the basis

                                       37
<PAGE>
 
of a year of 360 days and paid for the actual number of days elapsed
(including the first day but excluding the last day).  Commitment fees
and any other fees payable hereunder shall be computed on the basis of
a year of 360 days and paid for the actual number of days elapsed
(including the first day but excluding the last day).


                              ARTICLE III

                       LETTER OF CREDIT FACILITY

     SECTION 3.01. Obligation to Issue.  Subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, and in reliance upon the representations
and warranties of the Borrowers herein set forth, the Agent shall
issue for the account of either Borrower, one or more Letters of
Credit denominated in Dollars, in accordance with this Article III,
from time to time during the period commencing on the Closing Date and
ending on the Domestic Business Day prior to the Termination Date. 
The Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed for all purposes
hereunder to have been issued under and shall be subject to this
Agreement, and shall constitute Letters of Credit hereunder.

     SECTION 3.02. Types and Amounts.  The Agent shall have no
obligation to issue any Letter of Credit at any time:

          (a)  if the aggregate maximum amount then available for
     drawing under Letters of Credit, after giving effect to the
     issuance of the requested Letter of Credit, shall exceed any
     limit imposed by law or regulation upon the Agent;

          (b)  if, after giving effect to the issuance of the
     requested Letter of Credit, (i) the aggregate Letter of Credit
     Obligations of both Borrowers would exceed $10,000,000, or (ii)
     the Aggregate Principal Amount Outstanding at such time would
     exceed the lesser of (x) the Borrowing Base plus the outstanding
     principal amount of all Discretionary Loans, or (y) the Aggregate
     Commitments;

          (c) which has an expiration date (i) more than 12 months
     after the date of issuance or (ii) after the Termination Date.

                                       38
<PAGE>
 
     SECTION 3.03. Conditions.  In addition to being subject to
the satisfaction of the conditions contained in Article IV, the
obligation of the Agent to issue any Letter of Credit is subject to
the satisfaction in full of the following conditions:

          (a)  the relevant Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent
     at such times and in such manner as the Agent may prescribe, a
     Letter of Credit Application Agreement and such other documents
     and materials as may be required pursuant to the terms thereof
     all satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent and the terms
     of the proposed Letter of Credit shall be satisfactory in form
     and substance to the Agent;

          (b)  as of the date of issuance no order, judgment or decree
     of any court, arbitrator or Authority shall purport by its terms
     to enjoin or restrain the Agent from issuing the Letter of Credit
     and no law, rule or regulation applicable to the Agent and no
     request or directive (whether or not having the force of law)
     from any Authority with jurisdiction over the Agent shall
     prohibit or request that the Agent refrain from the issuance of
     letters of credit generally or the issuance of that Letter of
     Credit; and

          (c)  the Aggregate Unused Commitments shall not be less than
     the amount of the requested Letter of Credit.

     SECTION 3.04. Issuance of Letters of Credit.

          (a) Request for Issuance.  At least 2 Domestic Business Days 
     before the effective date for any Letter of Credit, the relevant
     Borrower shall give the Agent a written notice containing the
     original signature of an authorized officer or employee of such
     Borrower.  Such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the
     original face amount of the Letter of Credit requested (which
     original face amount shall not be less than $100,000), the
     effective date (which day shall be a Domestic Business Day) of
     issuance of such requested Letter of Credit, the date on which
     such requested Letter of Credit is to expire, the amount of then
     outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations of both Borrowers, the
     purpose for which such Letter of Credit is to be issued, whether
     such Letter of Credit may be drawn in single or partial draws and
     the person for whose benefit the requested Letter of Credit is to
     be issued.  

                                       39
<PAGE>
 
          (b) Issuance; Notice of Issuance.  If the original face
     amount of the requested Letter of Credit is less than or equal to
     the Aggregate Unused Commitments at such time and the applicable
     conditions set forth in this Agreement are satisfied, the Agent
     shall issue the requested Letter of Credit.  The Agent shall give
     each Bank written or telex notice in substantially the form of
     Exhibit G, or telephonic notice confirmed promptly thereafter in
     writing, of the issuance of a Letter of Credit, and shall deliver
     to each Bank in connection with such notice a copy of the Letter
     of Credit issued by the Agent. 

          (c) No Extension or Amendment. The Agent shall not extend or
     amend any Letter of Credit if the issuance of a new Letter of
     Credit having the same terms as such Letter of Credit as so
     amended or extended would be prohibited by Section 3.02 or
     Section 3.03.

     SECTION 3.05. Reimbursement Obligations; Duties of the
Issuing Bank.

     (a)  Reimbursement.  Notwithstanding any provisions to the
contrary in any Letter of Credit Application Agreement:

               (i)  the Borrowers shall reimburse the Agent for 
     drawings under a Letter of Credit issued by it no later than the
     earlier of (A) the time specified in such Letter of Credit
     Application Agreement, or (B) 1 Domestic Business Day after the
     payment by the Agent; 

               (ii) any Reimbursement Obligation with respect to any
     Letter of Credit shall bear interest from the date of the
     relevant drawing under the pertinent Letter of Credit until the
     date of payment in full thereof at a rate per annum equal to (A)
     prior to the date that is 3 Domestic Business Days after the date
     of the related payment by the Agent, the Base Rate and (B)
     thereafter, the Default Rate; and

               (iii) in order to implement the foregoing, upon the
     occurrence of a draw under any Letter of Credit, unless the Agent
     is reimbursed in accordance with subsection (i) above, the
     Borrowers irrevocably authorize the Agent to treat such
     nonpayment as a Notice of Borrowing in the amount of such
     Reimbursement Obligation and to make Loans to the relevant
     Borrower in such amount regardless of whether the conditions

                                       40
<PAGE>
 
     precedent to the making of Loans hereunder have been met.  The
     Borrowers further authorize the Agent to credit the proceeds of
     such Loan so as to immediately eliminate the liability of the
     relevant Borrower for Reimbursement Obligations under such Letter
     of Credit.

     (b) Duties of the Agent.  Any action taken or omitted to be
taken by the Agent in connection with any Letter of Credit, if taken
or omitted in the absence of willful misconduct or gross negligence,
shall not put the Agent under any resulting liability to any Bank, or
assuming that the Agent has complied with the procedures specified in
Section 3.04 and such Bank has not given a notice contemplated by
Section 3.06(a) that continues in full force and effect, relieve that
Bank of its obligations hereunder to the Agent.  In determining
whether to pay under any Letter of Credit, the Agent shall have no
obligation relative to the Banks other than to confirm that any
documents required to have been delivered under such Letter of Credit
appear to comply on their face, with the requirements of such Letter
of Credit.

     SECTION 3.06. Participations.

     (a) Purchase of Participations.  Immediately upon issuance
by the Agent of any Letter of Credit in accordance with the procedures
set forth in Section 3.04, each Bank shall be deemed to have
irrevocably and unconditionally purchased and received from the Agent,
without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation,
to the extent of such Bank's share of the Aggregate Commitments, in
such Letter of Credit; provided, that a Letter of Credit shall not be
entitled to the benefits of this Section 3.06 if the Agent shall have
received written notice from any Bank on or before the Domestic
Business Day immediately prior to the date of the Agent's issuance of
such Letter of Credit that one or more of the conditions contained in
Section 3.03 or Article IV is not then satisfied, and, in the event
the Agent receives such a notice, it shall have no further obligation
to issue any Letter of Credit until such notice is withdrawn by that
Bank or until the Required Banks have effectively waived such
condition in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

     (b) Sharing of Letter of Credit Payments.  In the event that
the Agent makes any payment under any Letter of Credit for which the
relevant Borrower shall not have repaid such amount to the Agent
pursuant to Section 3.07 or which cannot be paid by a Loan pursuant to

                                       41
<PAGE>
 
subsection (iii) of Section 3.05, the Agent shall promptly notify each
Bank of such failure, and each Bank shall promptly and unconditionally
pay to the Agent such Bank's share of the Aggregate Commitments of the
amount of such payment in Dollars and in same day funds.  If the Agent
so notifies such Bank prior to 10:00 A.M. (Atlanta, Georgia time) on
any Domestic Business Day, such Bank shall make available to the Agent
its ratable share of the amount of such payment on such Domestic
Business Day in same day funds.  If and to the extent such Bank shall
not have so made its ratable share of the amount of such payment
available to the Agent, such Bank agrees to pay to the Agent forthwith
on demand such amount together with interest thereon, for each day
from the date such payment was first due until the date such amount is
paid to the Agent at the Base Rate for the first 3 days and thereafter
at the Default Rate.  The failure of any Bank to make available to the
Agent its ratable share of any such payment shall neither relieve nor
increase the obligation of any other Bank hereunder to make available
to the Agent its ratable share of any payment on the date such payment
is to be made.   

     (c) Sharing of Reimbursement Obligation Payments. Whenever
the Agent receives a payment on account of a Reimbursement Obligation,
including any interest thereon, as to which the Agent has received any
payments from the Banks pursuant to this Section 3.06, it shall
promptly pay to each Bank which has funded its participating interest
therein, in Dollars and in the kind of funds so received, an amount
equal to such Bank's ratable share thereof.  Each such payment shall
be made by the Agent on the Domestic Business Day on which the funds
are paid to such Person, if received prior to 10:00 am. (Atlanta,
Georgia time) on such Domestic Business Day, and otherwise on the next
succeeding Domestic Business Day.

     (d) Documentation.  Upon the request of any Bank, the Agent
shall furnish to such Bank copies of any Letter of Credit, Letter of
Credit Application Agreement and other documentation relating to
Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this Agreement.

     (e) Obligations Irrevocable.  The obligations of the Banks
to make payments to the Agent with respect to a Letter of Credit shall
be irrevocable, not subject to any qualification or exception
whatsoever and shall be made in accordance with, but not subject to,
the terms and conditions of this Agreement under all circumstances

                                       42
<PAGE>
 
(assuming that the Agent has issued such Letter of Credit in
accordance with Section 3.04 and such Bank has not given a notice
contemplated by Section 3.06(a) that continues in full force and
effect), including, without limitation, any of the following
circumstances:

          (i)  any lack of validity or enforceability of this
     Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents;
         
          (ii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other
     right which either Borrower may have at any time against a
     beneficiary named in a Letter of Credit or any transferee of any
     Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such transferee may
     be acting), the Agent, any Bank or any other Person, whether in
     connection with this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, the
     transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transactions;

          (iii) any draft, certificate or any other document presented
     under the Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent,
     invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein
     being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

          (iv) the surrender or impairment of any security for the
     performance or observance of any of the terms of any of the Loan
     Documents;

          (v)  payment by the Agent under any Letter of Credit proving
     to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect
     or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any
     respect;

          (vi)  payment by the Agent under any Letter of Credit
     against presentation of any draft or certificate that does not
     comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, except payment
     resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the
     Agent; or

          (vii)  any other circumstances or happenings whatsoever,
     whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, except
     circumstances or happenings resulting from the gross negligence
     or willful misconduct of the Agent.

                                       43
<PAGE>
 
     SECTION 3.07. Payment of Reimbursement Obligations.

     (a) Payments to Issuing Bank.  Each Borrower agrees to pay
to the Agent the amount of all Reimbursement Obligations, interest and
other amounts payable to the Agent under or in connection with any
Letter of Credit issued for either Borrower's account immediately when
due, irrespective of:

          (i)  any lack of validity or enforceability of this
     Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents;
         
          (ii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other
     right which either Borrower may have at any time against a
     beneficiary named in a Letter of Credit or any transferee of any
     Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such transferee may
     be acting), the Agent, any Bank or any other Person, whether in
     connection with this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, the
     transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transactions;

          (iii) any draft, certificate or any other document presented
     under the Letter of Credit proves to be forged, fraudulent, 
     invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein
     being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

          (iv) the surrender or impairment of any security for the
     performance or observance of any of the terms of any of the Loan
     Documents;

          (v)  payment by the Agent under any Letter of Credit proving
     to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect
     or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any
     respect;

          (vi)  payment by the Agent under any Letter of Credit
     against presentation of any draft or certificate that does not
     comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, except payment
     resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the
     Agent; or

          (vii)  any other circumstances or happenings whatsoever,
     whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, except
     circumstances or happenings resulting from the gross negligence
     or willful misconduct of the Agent.

                                       44
<PAGE>
 
     (b)  Recovery or Avoidance of Payments.  In the event any
payment by or on behalf of the Borrower received by the Agent with
respect to a Letter of Credit and distributed by the Agent to the
Banks on account of their participations is thereafter set aside,
avoided or recovered from the Agent in connection with any
receivership, liquidation or bankruptcy proceeding, each Bank that
received such distribution shall, upon demand by such Agent,
contribute such Bank's ratable share of the amount set aside, avoided
or recovered together with interest at the rate required to be paid by
the Agent upon the amount required to be repaid by it.

     SECTION 3.08. Compensation for Letters of Credit and Agent
Reporting Requirements.

     (a)  Letter of Credit Fees and Fronting Fees.  The Borrowers
shall pay to the Agent with respect to each Letter of Credit issued
hereunder (i) a letter of credit fee ("Letter of Credit Fee") equal to
the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time for Euro-Dollar
Loans multiplied by the face amount of such Letter of Credit and (ii)
to the Agent, solely for its own account, a fronting fee (the
"Fronting Fee") equal to 0.125% per annum of the face amount.  The
Letter of Credit Fee and the Fronting Fee shall be payable on the
Domestic Business Day on which such Letter of Credit is issued. 
Letter of Credit Fees and Fronting Fees payable hereunder shall be
computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and paid for the actual
number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last
day).  The Agent shall promptly remit such Letter of Credit Fees, when
paid, to the Banks in accordance with their ratable shares of the
Aggregate Commitments. 

     (b)  Agent Charges.  The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent,
solely for its own account, the standard charges assessed by the Agent
in connection with the issuance, administration, amendment and payment
or cancellation of Letters of Credit issued hereunder, which charges
shall be those typically charged by the Agent to its customers
generally having credit and other characteristics similar to the
Borrowers, as determined in good faith by the Agent.

                                       45
<PAGE>
 
     SECTION 3.09. Indemnification; Exoneration.

     (a)  Indemnification.  In addition to amounts payable as
elsewhere provided in this Article III, the Borrowers shall protect,
indemnify, pay and save the Agent and each Bank harmless from and
against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses,
costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees)
which the Agent, or any Bank may incur or be subject to as a
consequence of the issuance of any Letter of Credit for either
Borrower's account other than as a result of its gross negligence or
willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent
jurisdiction.

     (b)  Assumption of Risk by Borrowers.  As between the
Borrowers, the Agent and the Banks, the Borrowers assume all risks of
the acts and omissions of, or misuse of the Letters of Credit issued
for either Borrower's account by, the respective beneficiaries of such
Letters of Credit.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the
foregoing, the Agent and the Banks shall not be responsible for (i)
the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect
of any document submitted by any party in connection with the
application for and issuance of the Letters of Credit, even if it
should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid,
insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged, (ii) the validity or
sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting
to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits
thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove
to be invalid or ineffective for any reason, (iii) failure of the
beneficiary of a Letter of Credit to comply duly with conditions
required in order to draw upon such Letter of Credit, (iv) errors,
omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any
messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex or otherwise, whether or
not they be in cipher, for errors in interpretation of technical
terms, (vi) any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any
document required in order to make a drawing under any Letter of
Credit or of the proceeds thereof, (vii) the misapplication by the
beneficiary of a Letter of Credit of the proceeds of any drawing under
such Letter of Credit; and (viii) any consequences arising from causes
beyond the control of the Agent and the Banks.

     (c)  Exoneration.  In furtherance and extension and not in
limitation of the specific provisions hereinabove set forth, any

                                       46
<PAGE>
 
action taken or omitted by the Agent under or in connection with the
Letters of Credit or any related certificates if taken or omitted in
good faith and with reasonable care, shall not put the Agent or any
Bank under any resulting liability to the Borrowers or relieve the
Borrowers of any of its obligations hereunder to any such Person.

     SECTION 3.10. Credit Yield Protection; Capital Adequacy.  If
the adoption after the date hereof of any applicable law, statute,
rule, regulation, ordinance, writ, injunction, decree, order,
judgment, guideline or decision of any Authority ("Governmental
Rule"), any change after the date hereof in any interpretation or
administration of any applicable Governmental Rule by any Person
charged with its interpretation or administration or compliance by the
Agent or any Bank (or its Lending Office) with any request or
directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Person:

          (a)  shall subject the Agent or any Bank (or its Lending
     Office) to any tax (other than overall net income taxation or
     franchise taxes), duty or other charge with respect to any amount
     drawn on any Letter of Credit or its obligation to make any
     payment under the Letters of Credit, or to maintain the Letters
     of Credit, or shall change the basis of taxation (other than
     overall net income taxation or franchise taxes) of payments to
     the Agent or any Bank (or its Lending Office) of any amounts due
     under this Agreement or any amount drawn on the Letters of
     Credit; or

          (b)  shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve
     (including, without limitation, any imposed by the Board of
     Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any Person regulating
     insurance activities or insurance companies), special deposit or
     similar requirements against assets of, deposits with or for the
     account of, credit extended by, letters of credit issued or
     maintained by, or collateral subject to a lien in favor of the
     Agent or any Bank (or its Lending Office), or shall impose on the
     Agent or any Bank (or its Lending Office) any other condition
     affecting any amount drawn on the Letters of Credit, or its
     obligation to make any payment under the Letters of Credit, as
     the case may be, or to maintain the Letters of Credit; then the
     remaining provisions of this Section 3.10 shall apply.  If the
     result of any of the foregoing (without regard to whether the
     Agent or any Bank shall have sold participations in its

                                       47
<PAGE>
 
     respective obligations under this Agreement) is to increase the
     cost to or to impose a cost on the Agent or any Bank (or its
     Lending Office) of making or maintaining any amounts payable
     hereunder, of maintaining the Letters of Credit, or to reduce the
     amount of any sum received or receivable by the Agent or any Bank
     (or its Lending Office) under any Letter of Credit, then:

               (i)  the Agent or such Bank shall promptly  deliver to
          the Borrowers a certificate stating the change which has
          occurred or the reserve requirements or other conditions
          which have been imposed on the Agent or such Bank (or its
          Lending Office) or the request, direction or requirement
          with which it has complied, together with the date hereof;
          and

               (ii) the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent or such Bank
          within 15 days of written request (which request shall state
          the amount of increased cost, reduction or payment and the
          way in which such amount has been calculated), such amount
          or amounts as will compensate the Agent or such Bank for the
          additional cost, reduction of return or payment incurred by
          the Agent or such other Bank; provided, that the Borrowers
          shall have no liability for amounts related to periods
          earlier than 90 days prior to the date of such written
          request.  The written request of the Agent or such Bank as
          to the additional amounts payable pursuant to this paragraph
          delivered to the Borrowers shall be conclusive evidence of
          the amount thereof in the absence of manifest error.

          (c)  If any Bank shall have determined that after the date
     hereof the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation
     regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change
     in the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by
     any Bank (or its Lending Office) with any request or directive
     regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of
     law) of any Authority, has or would have the effect of reducing
     the rate of return on such Bank's capital as a consequence of its
     obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Bank could
     have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking
     into consideration such Bank's policies with respect to capital
     adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Bank to be material, then

                                       48
<PAGE>
 
     from time to time, within 15 days after demand by such Bank, the
     Borrowers shall pay to such Bank such additional amount or
     amounts as will compensate such Bank for such reduction;
     provided, that the Borrowers shall have no liability for amounts
     related to periods earlier than 90 days prior to the date of such
     written request.

          (d)  Each Bank will promptly notify the Borrowers and the
     Agent of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the
     date hereof, which will entitle such Bank to compensation
     pursuant to this Section and will designate a different Lending
     Office if such designation will avoid the need for, or reduce the
     amount of, such compensation and will not, in the judgment of
     such Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank.  A
     certificate of any Bank claiming compensation under this Section
     and setting forth the additional amount or  amounts to be paid to
     it hereunder shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest
     error.  In determining such amount, such Bank may use any
     reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

          (e)  The provisions of this Section 3.10 shall be applicable
     with respect to any Participant, Assignee or other Transferee,
     and any calculations required by such provisions shall be made
     based upon the circumstances of such Participant, Assignee or
     other Transferee.


                              ARTICLE IV

                       CONDITIONS TO BORROWINGS

     SECTION 4.01. Conditions to Closing.  The obligation of the
Agent and each Bank to enter into this Agreement is subject to the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 and receipt
by the Agent of the following (as to the documents described in
paragraphs (a), (d), (e) and (f) below, in sufficient number of
counterparts for delivery of a counterpart to each Bank and retention
of one counterpart by the Agent):

          (a)  from each of the parties hereto of either (i) a duly
     executed counterpart of this Agreement signed by such party or

                                       49
<PAGE>
 
     (ii) a facsimile transmission of such executed counterpart, with
     the original to be sent to the Agent by overnight courier;

          (b)  a duly executed Syndicated Loan Note for the account of
     each Bank and a duly executed Swing Loan Note for the account of
     Wachovia, in each case complying with the provisions of Section
     2.03;

          (c)  evidence of perfected filings of UCC Financing
     Statements in connection with the Security Agreements in form and
     substance acceptable to the Agent;

          (d)  an opinion letter (together with any opinions of local
     counsel relied on therein) of Long, Aldridge & Norman, counsel
     for the Borrowers, dated as of the Closing Date, substantially in
     the form of Exhibit B and covering such additional matters
     relating to the transactions contemplated hereby as the Agent or
     any Bank may reasonably request;

          (e)  an opinion of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue, special
     counsel for the Agent, dated as of the Closing Date,
     substantially in the form of Exhibit C and covering such
     additional matters relating to the transactions contemplated
     hereby as the Agent may reasonably request;

          (f)  a certificate (the "Closing Certificate") substantially 
     in the form of Exhibit I), dated as of the Closing Date, signed
     by a principal financial officer of each of the Borrowers, to the
     effect that (i) no Default has occurred and is continuing on the
     Closing Date and (ii) the representations and warranties of the
     Borrowers contained in Article V are true on and as of the
     Closing Date;

          (g)  Landlord Agreements with respect to each leased premise
     of each Borrower (including, without limitation, the City of
     Industry, California location of SED) along with copies of such
     executed leases;

          (h)  a certificate of insurance respecting all insurance
     coverage required by the Security Agreements in forms and
     substance acceptable to the Agent;

          (k)  judgment, tax and UCC lien searches with respect to the
     Collateral (defined in each Security Agreement) and 

                                       50
<PAGE>
 
     releases of all liens other than Permitted Encumbrances (defined in each
     Security Agreement);

          (m)  a copy of the executed Purchase Documents in form and
     substance acceptable to the Banks;

          (n)  copies of the executed Distributor Agreements;

          (o)  all documents which the Agent or any Bank may
     reasonably request relating to the existence of the Borrowers,
     the corporate authority for and the validity of this Agreement,
     the Notes, and the other Loan Documents, and any other matters
     relevant hereto, all in form and substance satisfactory to the
     Agent, including, without limitation, a certificate of each of
     the Borrowers substantially in the form of Exhibit J (the
     "Officer's Certificate"), signed by the Secretary or an Assistant
     Secretary of such Borrower, certifying as to the names, true
     signatures and incumbency of the officer or officers of such
     Borrower authorized to execute and deliver the Loan Documents,
     and certified copies of the following items: (i) such Borrower's
     Certificate of Incorporation, (ii) such Borrower's Bylaws, (iii)
     a certificate of the Secretaries of State of the States of
     Delaware and Georgia as to the good standing of such Borrower as
     a Delaware corporation and as a foreign corporation authorized to
     do business in Georgia, respectively, and (iv) the action taken
     by the Board of Directors of such Borrower authorizing such
     Borrower's execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement,
     the Notes and the other Loan Documents to which such Borrower is
     a party;

          (p)  a Notice of Borrowing and a Borrowing Base Certificate; 

          (q)  receipt of the facility fee payable for the account of
     the Banks pursuant to Section 2.06(b) and of the servicing fee
     payable for the account of the Agent pursuant to Section 2.06(c);
     and

          (r)  receipt by the Agent of a telephone instruction letter,
     concerning requests for Loans hereunder, to be substantially in
     the form of Exhibit L attached hereto.

                                       51
<PAGE>
 
In addition, if either Borrower desires funding of a Euro-Dollar Loan
on the Closing Date, the Agent shall have received, the requisite
number of days prior to the Closing Date, a funding indemnification
letter satisfactory to it, pursuant to which (i) the Agent and such
Borrower shall have agreed upon the interest rate, amount of Borrowing
and Interest Period for such Euro-Dollar Loan, and (ii) such Borrower
shall indemnify the Banks from any loss or expense arising from the
failure to close on the anticipated Closing Date identified in such
letter or the failure to borrow such Euro-Dollar Loan on such date.

     SECTION 4.02. Conditions to All Borrowings.  The obligation
of each Bank to make a Syndicated Loan on the occasion of each
Borrowing, or of Wachovia to make a Swing Loan or of the Agent to
issue a Letter of Credit is subject to the satisfaction of the
following conditions:

          (a)  receipt by the Agent of a Notice of Borrowing or notice 
     pursuant to Section 3.04(b) of a request for a Letter of Credit,
     accompanied by a Letter of Credit Application Agreement and any
     other documents required pursuant to Section 3.03(a).

          (b)  the fact that, immediately before and after such
     Borrowing or Letter of Credit Issuance, as applicable, no Default
     shall have occurred and be continuing;

          (c)  the fact that the representations and warranties of the
     Borrowers contained in Article V of this Agreement shall be true
     on and as of the date of such Borrowing; and

          (d)  the fact that, immediately after such Borrowing or
     issuance of a Letter of Credit, the conditions set forth in
     clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 2.01 shall have been satisfied.

Each Syndicated Borrowing, each Swing Borrowing and each request for
the issuance of a Letter of Credit hereunder shall be deemed to be a
representation and warranty by the Borrowers on the date of such
Borrowing as to the truth and accuracy of the facts specified in
paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this Section.

                                       52
<PAGE>
 
                               ARTICLE V

                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     Each of the Borrowers represents and warrants that:

     SECTION 5.01. Corporate Existence and Power.  Such Borrower
is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, is duly
qualified to transact business in every jurisdiction where, by the
nature of its business, the failure to qualify could have a Material
Adverse Effect, and has all corporate powers and all governmental
licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on
its business as now conducted.

     SECTION 5.02. Corporate and Governmental Authorization; No
Contravention.  The execution, delivery and performance by such
Borrower of this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents (i)
are within such Borrower's corporate powers, (ii) have been duly
authorized by all necessary corporate action, (iii) require no action
by or in respect of or filing with, any governmental body, agency or
official, (iv) do not contravene, or constitute a default under, any
provision of applicable law or regulation or of the certificate of
incorporation or by-laws of such Borrower or of any agreement,
judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon
such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (v) do not result in the
creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of such Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries.

     SECTION 5.03. Binding Effect.  This Agreement constitutes a
valid and binding agreement of such Borrower enforceable in accordance
with its terms, and the Notes and the other Loan Documents executed by
such Borrower, when executed and delivered in accordance with this
Agreement, will constitute valid and binding obligations of such
Borrower enforceable in accordance with their respective terms,
provided that the enforceability hereof and thereof is subject in each
case to general principles of equity and to bankruptcy, insolvency and
similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally.

     SECTION 5.04. Financial Information.  (a) The consolidated
balance sheet of the Borrowers and the Consolidated 

                                       53
<PAGE>
 
Subsidiaries as of June 30, 1996 and the related consolidated statements of
income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the Fiscal Year then ended,
reported on by Deloitte & Touche LLP, copies of which have been delivered to
each of the Banks, and the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the
Borrowers for the interim period ended May 31, 1997 copies of which have been
delivered to each of the Banks, fairly present, in conformity with GAAP, the
consolidated financial position of the Borrowers and their Consolidated
Subsidiaries as of such dates and their consolidated results of operations and
cash flows for such periods stated.

     (b)  Since June 30, 1997 there has been no event, act,
condition or occurrence having a Material Adverse Effect.

     SECTION 5.05. No Litigation.  There is no action, suit or
proceeding pending, or to the knowledge of such Borrower threatened,
against or affecting the Borrowers or any of the Subsidiaries before
any court or arbitrator or any governmental body, agency or official
which, if adversely determined, could have a Material Adverse  Effect
or which in any manner draws into question the validity of or could
impair the ability of the Borrowers to perform their respective
obligations under, this Agreement, the Notes, the Letter of Credit
Application Agreements or any of the other Loan Documents executed by
either of them.

     SECTION 5.06. Compliance with ERISA.  (a) The Borrowers and
each member of the Controlled Group have fulfilled their obligations
under the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Code with respect
to each Plan and are in compliance in all material respects with the
presently applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code, and have not
incurred any liability to the PBGC or a Plan under Title IV of ERISA.

     (b)  Neither of the Borrowers nor any member of the
Controlled Group is or ever has been obligated to contribute to any
Multiemployer Plan.

     SECTION 5.07. Compliance with Laws; Payment of Taxes.  The
Borrowers and the Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable
laws, regulations and similar requirements of governmental
authorities, except where such compliance is being contested in good
faith through appropriate proceedings or where a failure to comply
could not have a Material Adverse Effect.  There have been filed on
behalf of the Borrowers and the 

                                       54
<PAGE>
 
Subsidiaries all Federal, state and local income, excise, property and other tax
returns which are required to be filed by them and all taxes due pursuant to
such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by or on behalf of the
Borrowers or any Subsidiary have been paid. The charges, accruals and reserves
on the books of the Borrowers and the Subsidiaries in respect of taxes or other
governmental charges are, in the opinion of the Borrowers, adequate. United
States income tax returns of the Borrowers and the Subsidiaries have been
examined and closed through the Fiscal Year ended 1993.

     SECTION 5.08. Subsidiaries.  Each of the Borrowers'
respective Subsidiaries is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of
incorporation, is duly qualified to transact business in every
jurisdiction where, by the nature of its business, failure to qualify
could have a Material Adverse Effect, and has all corporate powers and
all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals
required to carry on its business as now conducted.  The Borrowers
have no Subsidiaries except for those Subsidiaries listed on Schedule
5.08, which accurately sets forth, by Borrower, each such Subsidiary's
complete name and jurisdiction of incorporation.

     SECTION 5.09. Investment Company Act.  Neither of the
Borrowers nor any of the Subsidiaries is an "investment company"
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

     SECTION 5.10. Public Utility Holding Company Act.  Neither
of the Borrowers nor any of the Subsidiaries is a "holding company",
or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company", or an "affiliate" of
a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary company" of a "holding
company", as such terms are defined in the Public Utility Holding
Company Act of 1935, as amended.

     SECTION 5.11. Ownership of Property; Liens.  Each of the
Borrowers and their Consolidated Subsidiaries has title to its
properties sufficient for the conduct of its business, and none of
such property is subject to any Lien except as permitted in Section
6.18.

     SECTION 5.12. No Default.  Neither of the Borrowers nor any
of their Consolidated Subsidiaries is in default under or 

                                       55
<PAGE>
 
with respect to any agreement, instrument or undertaking to which it is a party
or by which it or any of its property is bound which default could have or cause
a Material Adverse Effect. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing.

     SECTION 5.13. Full Disclosure.  All information heretofore
furnished by the Borrowers to the Agent or any Bank for purposes of or
in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated
hereby is, and all such information hereafter furnished by the
Borrowers to the Agent or any Bank will be, true, accurate and
complete in every material respect or based on reasonable estimates on
the date as of which such information is stated or certified.  The
Borrowers have disclosed to the Banks in writing any and all facts
which could have or cause a Material Adverse Effect.

     SECTION 5.14. Environmental Matters.  (a) Neither the
Borrowers nor any Subsidiary is subject to any Environmental Liability
which could have or cause a Material Adverse Effect and neither the
Borrowers nor any Subsidiary has been designated as a potentially
responsible party under CERCLA or under any state statute similar to
CERCLA.  None of the Properties has been identified on any current or
proposed (i) National Priorities List under 40 C.F.R. Paragraph 300, (ii)
CERCLIS list or (iii) any list arising from a state statute similar to
CERCLA.

     (b)  To the Borrowers' knowledge, no Hazardous Materials
have been or are being used, produced, manufactured, processed,
treated, recycled, generated, stored, disposed of, managed or
otherwise handled at, or shipped or transported to or from the
Properties or are otherwise present at, on, in or under the
Properties, or, to the best of the knowledge of the Borrowers, at or
from any adjacent site or facility, except for Hazardous Materials,
such as cleaning solvents, pesticides and other materials used,
produced, manufactured, processed, treated, recycled, generated,
stored, disposed of, managed, or otherwise handled in minimal amounts
in the ordinary course of business in compliance with all applicable
Environmental Requirements.

     (c)  Each of the Borrowers, and each of the Subsidiaries and
Affiliates, has procured all Environmental Authorizations necessary
for the conduct of its business, and is in material compliance with
all Environmental Requirements in connection with the operation of the
Properties and the 

                                       56
<PAGE>
 
Borrowers', and each of their Subsidiary's and Affiliate's, respective
businesses.

     SECTION 5.15. Capital Stock.  All Capital Stock, debentures,
bonds, notes and all other securities of the Borrowers and the
Subsidiaries presently issued and outstanding are validly and properly
issued in accordance with all applicable laws, including, but not
limited to, the "Blue Sky" laws of all applicable states and the
federal securities laws.  The issued shares of Capital Stock of the
Borrowers' respective Wholly Owned Subsidiaries are owned by the
Borrowers free and clear of any Lien or adverse claim.  At least a
majority of the issued shares of capital stock of each of each
Borrower's other Subsidiaries (other than Wholly Owned Subsidiaries)
is owned by such Borrower free and clear of any Lien or adverse claim.

     SECTION 5.16. Margin Stock.  Neither the Borrowers nor any
of the Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important
activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying any Margin
Stock, and no part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used to
purchase or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for
the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, or be used for
any purpose which violates, or which is inconsistent with, the
provisions of Regulation G,T, U or X.

     SECTION 5.17. Insolvency.  After giving effect to the
execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of the
Loans under this Agreement and after giving effect to the purchase of
certain assets of Globelle, Inc. pursuant to the Purchase Documents:
(i) neither of the Borrowers will (x) be "insolvent," within the
meaning of such term as used in O.C.G.A. Paragraph 18-2-22 or as defined in
Paragraph 101 of the "Bankruptcy Code", or Section 2 of either the "UFTA" or
the "UFCA", or as defined or used in any "Other Applicable Law" (as
those terms are defined below), or (y) be unable to pay its debts
generally as such debts become due within the meaning of Section 548
of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 4 of the UFTA or Section 6 of the
UFCA, or (z) have an unreasonably small capital to engage in any
business or transaction, whether current or contemplated, within the
meaning of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 4 of the UFTA
or Section 5 of the UFCA; and (ii) the obligations of the Borrowers
under the Loan Documents and with respect to the Loans will not be
rendered avoidable under any Other Applicable Law. For purposes of
this Section 5.17, "Bankruptcy Code" means Title 11 of the United
States Code, "UFTA" means the Uniform Fraudulent 

                                       57
<PAGE>
 
Transfer Act, "UFCA" means the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, and "Other
Applicable Law" means any other applicable law pertaining to fraudulent
transfers or acts voidable by creditors, in each case as such law may be amended
from time to time.

                              ARTICLE VI

                               COVENANTS

     The Borrowers agree that, so long as any Bank has any
Commitment hereunder or any amount payable hereunder or under any Note
remains unpaid:

     SECTION 6.01. Information.  The Borrowers will deliver to
each of the Banks:

          (a)  as soon as available and in any event within 90 days
     after the end of each Fiscal Year, a consolidated balance sheet
     of the Borrowers and the Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end
     of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated statements of
     income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Year,
     setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for
     the previous fiscal year, all certified by Deloitte & Touche LLP
     or other independent public accountants of nationally recognized
     standing, with such certification to be free of exceptions and
     qualifications not acceptable to the Required Banks;

          (b)  as soon as available and in any event within 30 days
     after the end of each of the first 12 Fiscal Months of each
     Fiscal Year, consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the
     Borrowers and the Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such
     Fiscal Month and the related statement of income and statement of
     cash flows for such Fiscal Month and for the portion of the
     Fiscal Year ended at the end of such Fiscal Month setting forth
     in each case in comparative form the figures for the
     corresponding Fiscal Month and the corresponding portion of the
     previous Fiscal Year, all certified (subject to normal year-end
     adjustments) as to fairness of presentation, GAAP and consistency
     by the chief financial officer or the chief accounting officer of
     each of the Borrowers;

                                       58
<PAGE>
 
          (c)  simultaneously with the delivery of each set of
     financial statements referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) above,
     a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit H (a
     "Compliance Certificate"), of the chief financial officer or the
     chief accounting officer of each of the Borrowers (i) setting
     forth in reasonable detail the calculations required to establish 
     whether the Borrowers were in compliance with the requirements of
     Sections 6.05, 6.15, 6.18, and 6.20 through 6.24, inclusive, on
     the date of such financial statements and (ii) stating whether
     any Default exists on the date of such certificate and, if any
     Default then exists, setting forth the details thereof and the
     action which the Borrowers are taking or proposes to take with
     respect thereto;

          (d)  simultaneously with the delivery of each set of annual
     financial statements referred to in paragraph (a) above, a
     statement of the firm of independent public accountants which
     reported on such statements to the effect that nothing has come
     to their attention to cause them to believe that any Default
     existed on the date of such financial statements;

          (e) as soon as practicable, but in any event on or before 10
     days after the end of each Fiscal Month, a status report,
     certified by a duly authorized officer of each of the Borrowers,
     showing (i) the aggregate dollar value of the items comprising
     the Accounts Receivable and the age of each individual item
     thereof as of the last day of the preceding Fiscal Month
     (segregating such items to show any which are subject to a Lien
     under any of the Distributor Agreements, and otherwise
     segregating such items in such manner and to such degree as the
     Agent may request), (ii) the type, dollar value and location of
     the Inventory as at the end of the preceding Fiscal Month, valued
     at the lower of FIFO cost or market value (segregating such items
     to show separately those which are (x) subject to a Lien under
     any of the Distributor Agreements, (y) are the subject of an
     invoice to such Borrower from the seller thereof dated more than
     90 days prior to the date of such report and (z) were
     manufactured more than 365 days prior to the date of such report)
     and (iii) the aggregate dollar value of the items comprising the
     accounts payable of the Borrowers and the age of each individual
     item thereof as of the last day of the 

                                       59
<PAGE>
 
     preceding Fiscal Month (segregating such items in such manner and to such
     degree as the Agent may request);

          (f) at the end of each calendar week, a Borrowing Base
     Certificate (a "Borrowing Base Certificate") in substantially the
     form of Exhibit F, setting forth the calculations of the
     Borrowing Base, as of such date as of the date of report
     submission, certified as to truth and accuracy by a duly
     authorized officer of each of the Borrowers.

          (g)  within 5 Domestic Business Days after either Borrower
     becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default, a certificate of
     the chief financial officer or the chief accounting officer of
     each of the Borrowers setting forth the details thereof and the
     action which the Borrowers are taking or proposes to take with
     respect thereto;

          (h)  promptly upon the mailing thereof to the shareholders
     of the Borrowers generally, copies of all financial statements,
     reports and proxy statements so mailed;

          (i)  promptly upon the filing thereof, copies of all
     registration statements (other than the exhibits thereto and any
     registration statements on Form S-8 or its equivalent) and
     annual, quarterly or monthly reports which the Borrowers shall
     have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission;

          (j)  if and when any member of the Controlled Group (i)
     gives or is required to give notice to the PBGC of any
     "reportable event" (as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA) with
     respect to any Plan which might constitute grounds for a
     termination of such Plan under Title IV of ERISA, or knows that
     the plan administrator of any Plan has given or is required to
     give notice of any such reportable event, a copy of the notice of
     such reportable event given or required to be given to the PBGC; 
     (ii) receives notice of complete or partial withdrawal liability
     under Title IV of ERISA, a copy of such notice; or (iii) receives
     notice from the PBGC under Title IV of ERISA of an intent to
     terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, a copy of
     such notice; and

                                       60
<PAGE>
 
          (k)  from time to time such additional information regarding
     the financial position or business of the Borrowers and the
     Subsidiaries as the Agent, at the request of any Bank, may
     reasonably request.

     SECTION 6.02. Inspection of Property, Books and Records. 
The Borrowers will (i) keep, and cause each Subsidiary to keep, proper
books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries in
conformity with GAAP, subject to Section 1.02, shall be made of all
dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities;
and (ii) permit, and cause each Subsidiary to permit, representatives
of any Bank at such Bank's expense prior to the occurrence of a
Default (except as provided below with respect to field examinations)
and at the Borrowers' expense after the occurrence of a Default to
visit and inspect any of their respective properties, to examine and
make abstracts from any of their respective books and records and to
discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their
respective officers, employees and independent public accountants. 
The foregoing shall include but not be limited to field examinations
with respect to the Accounts and the Inventory, the reasonable and
customary costs of which shall be borne by the Borrowers, whether or
not a Default exists, but, so long as no Default exists, the Borrowers
shall not be obligated to bear expenses for field examinations
performed more frequently than once in each Fiscal Quarter.  The
Borrowers agree to cooperate and assist in such visits and
inspections, in each case at such reasonable times during normal
business hours and as often as may reasonably be desired.

     SECTION 6.03. Maintenance of Existence and Management.  The
Borrowers shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, (i) maintain its
corporate existence and carry on its business in substantially the
same manner and in substantially the same fields as such business is
now carried on and maintained and (ii) maintain Senior Management
reasonably acceptable to the Banks in keeping with their bylaws (and
the Banks acknowledge that present Senior Management is acceptable as
of the Closing Date).

     SECTION 6.04. Dissolution.  Neither the Borrowers nor any of
the Subsidiaries shall suffer or permit dissolution or liquidation
either in whole or in part or redeem or retire any shares of its own
stock or that of any Subsidiary, except through corporate
reorganization to the extent permitted by Section 6.05.

                                       61
<PAGE>
 
     SECTION 6.05. Consolidations, Mergers and Sales of Assets. 
The Borrowers will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to,
consolidate or merge with or into, or sell, lease or otherwise
transfer all or any substantial part of its assets to, any other
Person, or discontinue or eliminate any business line or segment,
provided that (a) either Borrower may merge with another Person if (i)
such Person was organized under the laws of the United States of
America or one of its states, (ii) such Borrower is the corporation
surviving such merger and (iii) immediately after giving effect to
such merger, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (b) the
Borrowers may merge with one another and Subsidiaries of the Borrowers
may merge with one another, and (c) the foregoing limitation on the
sale, lease or other transfer of assets and on the discontinuation or
elimination of a business line or segment shall not prohibit (A)
transfers of Accounts to insurers permitted by Section 6.26 or (B)
during any Fiscal Quarter, a transfer of assets or the discontinuance
or elimination of a business line or segment (in a single transaction
or in a series of related transactions) unless the aggregate assets to
be so transferred or utilized in a business line or segment to be so
discontinued, when combined with all other assets transferred, and all
other assets utilized in all other business lines or segments
discontinued, during such Fiscal Quarter and the immediately preceding
3 Fiscal Quarters, either (x) constituted more than 2% of Consolidated
Total Assets at the end of the most recent Fiscal Year immediately
preceding such Fiscal Quarter, or (y) contributed more than 2% of
Consolidated Operating Profits during the 4 Fiscal Quarters
immediately preceding such Fiscal Quarter.

     SECTION 6.06. Use of Proceeds.  No portion of the proceeds
of the Loans will be used by the Borrowers or any Subsidiary (i) in
connection with, whether directly or indirectly, any tender offer for,
or other acquisition of,  stock of any corporation with a view towards
obtaining control of such other corporation, unless such tender offer
or other acquisition is to be made on a negotiated basis with the
approval of the Board of Directors of the Person to be acquired, and
the provisions of Section 6.17 would not be violated, (ii) directly or
indirectly, for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or
ultimate, of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, or (iii) for any
purpose in violation of any applicable law or regulation.

     SECTION 6.07. Compliance with Laws; Payment of Taxes.  The
Borrowers will, will cause each of the Subsidiaries to and 

                                       62
<PAGE>
 
will use its best effort to cause each member of the Controlled Group to, comply
with applicable laws (including but not limited to ERISA), regulations and
similar requirements of governmental authorities (including but not limited to
PBGC), except where the necessity of such compliance is being contested in good
faith through appropriate proceedings diligently pursued. The Borrowers will,
and will cause each of the Subsidiaries to, pay promptly when due all taxes,
assessments, governmental charges, claims for labor, supplies, rent and other
obligations which, if unpaid, might become a lien against the property of the
Borrowers or any Subsidiary, except liabilities being contested in good faith
and against which, if requested by the Agent (acting at the direction of the
Required Banks), the Borrowers will set up reserves in accordance with GAAP.

     SECTION 6.08. Insurance.  In addition to and cumulative with
any other requirements herein imposed on each Borrower with respect to
insurance under the Security Agreements, each Borrower shall maintain
insurance with responsible insurance companies on such of its
properties, in such amounts and against such risks as is customarily
maintained by similar businesses operating in the same vicinity, but
in any event to include loss, damage, flood, windstorm, fire, theft,
extended coverage and product liability insurance in amounts satis-
factory to the Agent, which such insurance shall not be cancellable by
either Borrower, unless with the prior written consent of the Agent,
or by such Borrower's insurer, unless with at least ten (10) days
advance written notice to the Agent thereof.  Each Borrower shall file
with the Agent upon its request a detailed list of such insurance then
in effect stating the names of the insurance companies, the amounts
and rates of insurance, the date of expiration thereof, the properties
and risks covered thereby and the insured with respect thereto, and,
within thirty (30) days after notice in writing from the Agent, obtain
such additional insurance as the Agent may reasonably request
necessary to maintain insurance on Inventory in an amount equal to the
full insurable value thereof.

     SECTION 6.09. Change in Fiscal Year.  The Borrowers will not
change their Fiscal Year without the consent of the Required Banks.

     SECTION 6.10. Maintenance of Property.  The Borrowers shall,
and shall cause each Subsidiary to, maintain all of its properties and
assets in good condition, repair and working order, ordinary wear and
tear excepted; provided, that each of 

                                       63
<PAGE>
 
the Borrowers and each of the Subsidiaries may dispose of used, worn out or
obsolete equipment, so long as it obtains such replacements as are reasonably
required for its operations.

     SECTION 6.11. Environmental Notices.  The Borrowers shall
furnish to the Banks and the Agent prompt written notice of all
Environmental Liabilities, pending, or, to the extent either of the
Borrowers is aware of the same, threatened or anticipated
Environmental Proceedings, Environmental Notices, Environmental
Judgments and Orders, and Environmental Releases at, on, in, under or
in any way affecting the Properties or any adjacent property which, if
adversely determined, could have a Material Adverse Effect, and all
facts, events, or conditions that could lead to any of the foregoing.

     SECTION 6.12. Environmental Matters.  The Borrowers and the
Subsidiaries will not, and will not permit any Third Party to, use,
produce, manufacture, process, treat, recycle, generate, store,
dispose of, manage at, or otherwise handle, or ship or transport to or
from the Properties any Hazardous Materials except for Hazardous
Materials such as cleaning solvents, pesticides and other similar
materials used, produced, manufactured, processed, treated, recycled,
generated, stored, disposed, managed, or otherwise handled in minimal
amounts in the ordinary course of business in compliance with all
applicable Environmental Requirements.

     SECTION 6.13. Environmental Release.  The Borrowers agree
that upon the occurrence of an Environmental Release at or on any of
the Properties it will act immediately to investigate the extent of,
and to take appropriate remedial action to eliminate, such
Environmental Release, whether or not ordered or otherwise directed to
do so by any Environmental Authority.

     SECTION 6.14. Transactions with Affiliates.  Neither the
Borrowers nor any of the Subsidiaries shall enter into, or be a party
to, any transaction with any Affiliate of the Borrowers or such
Subsidiary (which Affiliate is not one of the Borrowers or a Wholly
Owned Subsidiary), except as permitted by law and in the ordinary
course of business and pursuant to reasonable terms which are fully
disclosed to the Agent and the Banks, and are no less favorable to the
Borrowers or such Subsidiary than would be obtained in a comparable
arm's length transaction with a Person which is not an Affiliate.

                                       64
<PAGE>
 
     SECTION 6.15. Restricted Payments.  SEC will not declare or
make any Restricted Payment after December 31, 1996, if the aggregate
amount of such Restricted Payments for any Fiscal Year would exceed
15% of cumulative Consolidated Net Income for the prior Fiscal Year
(commencing after December 31, 1996); provided that after giving
effect to the payment of any such Restricted Payments, no Default
shall be in existence or be created thereby.

     SECTION 6.16. Loans or Advances.  Neither the Borrowers nor
any of the Subsidiaries shall make loans or advances to any Person
except as permitted by Section 6.17 and except: (i) loans or advances
to employees not exceeding $250,000 in the aggregate principal amount
outstanding at any time, in each case made in the ordinary course of
business and consistent with practices existing on December 31, 1996;
(ii) deposits required by government agencies or public utilities; and
(iii) loans and advances from one Borrower to the other; provided that
after giving effect to the making of any loans, advances or deposits
permitted by this Section, and no Default shall be in existence or be
created thereby.

     SECTION 6.17. Investments.  Neither the Borrowers nor any of
the Subsidiaries shall make any Restricted Investments.

     SECTION 6.18. Negative Pledge.  Other than Liens in favor of
the Agent and the Banks securing the Obligations, neither the
Borrowers nor any Consolidated Subsidiary will create, assume or
suffer to exist any Lien on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired
by it, and the Borrowers shall not permit any Subsidiary which is not
a Borrower to incur any Lien, except:

          (a)  Liens existing on the date of this Agreement securing
     Debt outstanding on the date of this Agreement, which are in an
     aggregate principal amount not exceeding $250,000;

          (b)  any Lien existing on any specific fixed asset of any
     corporation at the time such corporation becomes a Consolidated
     Subsidiary and not created in contemplation of such event;

          (c)  any Lien on any specific fixed asset of any corporation
     existing at the time such corporation is merged or consolidated
     with or into one of the Borrowers or a 

                                       65
<PAGE>
 
     Consolidated Subsidiary and not created in contemplation of such event;

          (d)  any Lien existing on any specific fixed asset prior to
     the acquisition thereof by one of the Borrowers or a Consolidated
     Subsidiary and not created in contemplation of such acquisition;

          (e)  Liens securing Debt owing by any Subsidiary to one of
     the Borrowers;

          (f)  any Lien arising out of the refinancing, extension,
     renewal or refunding of any Debt secured by any Lien permitted by
     any of the foregoing paragraphs of this Section, provided that
     (i) such Debt is not secured by any additional assets, and (ii)
     the amount of such Debt secured by any such Lien is not 
     increased;

          (g)  Liens incidental to the conduct of its business or the
     ownership of its assets which (i) do not secure Debt and (ii) do
     not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of its
     assets or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of
     its business;

          (h)  any Lien on Margin Stock;

          (i)  Debt owing to the Borrowers or another Subsidiary; 

          (j)  any Lien permitted under any Lien Subordination
     Agreement; and

          (k)  any Lien on any specific fixed asset securing Debt
     incurred or assumed for the purpose of financing all or any part
     of the cost of acquiring or constructing such asset, provided
     that (x) such Lien attaches to such asset concurrently with or
     within 18 months after the acquisition or completion of
     construction thereof, (y) such Lien may not secure any other
     indebtedness, and (z) the aggregate outstanding principal amount
     of all Debt secured by such Liens shall not at any time exceed
     $1,500,000.

     SECTION 6.19. Restrictions on Ability of Subsidiaries to Pay
Dividends. The Borrowers shall not permit any Subsidiary to, directly
or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become
effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any such
Subsidiary to (i) pay any dividends or 

                                       66
<PAGE>
 
make any other distributions on its Capital Stock or any other interest or (ii)
make or repay any loans or advances to the Borrowers or the parent of such
Subsidiary.

     SECTION 6.20. Leverage Ratio.  Tested at the end of each 
Fiscal Month, the Leverage Ratio shall not at any time exceed the
following amounts during the following periods:

Closing Date through June 30, 1998               6.5 to 1.0
July 1, 1998 through December 30, 1998           6.0 to 1.0
December 31, 1998 and thereafter                 5.5 to 1.0


     SECTION 6.21. Fixed Charges Coverage.  Tested at the end of
each Fiscal Month, the ratio of Income Available for Fixed Charges to
Consolidated Fixed Charges for the Fiscal Month just ended and the
immediately preceding 11 Fiscal Months shall not at any time be less
than 2.5 to 1.0.

     SECTION 6.22. Adjusted Current Ratio.  Tested at the end of
each Fiscal Month, the Adjusted Current Ratio shall not at any time be
less than 1.00 to 1.00.

     SECTION 6.23. Minimum Consolidated Net Income.  At the end
of each Fiscal Quarter, Consolidated Net Income will not at any time
be less than (i) for the Fiscal Quarter just ended, $1,000,000, and
(ii) for the Fiscal Year ending June 30, 1998 and each Fiscal Year
thereafter, Consolidated Net Income will not be less than $7,000,000.

     SECTION 6.24. Minimum Consolidated Tangible Net Worth.
Consolidated Tangible Net Worth will at no time be less than
$25,000,000 plus the sum of (i) 100% of the cumulative Reported Net
Income of the Borrowers and the Consolidated Subsidiaries during any
period after June 27, 1997 (taken as one accounting period),
calculated monthly at the end of each month but excluding from such
calculations of Reported Net Income for purposes of this clause (i),
any month in which the Reported Net Income of the Borrowers and the
Consolidated Subsidiaries is negative, and (ii) 100% of the cumulative
Net Proceeds of Capital Stock received during any period after the
Closing Date, calculated monthly at the end of each month.

     SECTION 6.25. Distributor Agreements.  The Borrowers will
comply in all material respects with each of the Distributor

                                       67
<PAGE>
 
Agreements and, promptly (and in any event within 5 Domestic Business
Days) after the effective date thereof, furnish to each of the Banks a
true and correct copy of each new Distributor Agreement and each
document which extends, renews, amends, supplements or replaces any
Distributor Agreement.

     SECTION 6.26. Accounts Receivable. The Borrowers will not
sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Accounts Receivable without
the prior written consent of the Agent (acting at the direction of the
Required Banks) except (i) in the ordinary course of business for cash
or on open account or on terms of payment ordinarily extended to its
customers and (ii) with respect to Accounts the collectibility of
which has been insured, transfers to the insurers of defaulted
Accounts as to which the insurer has paid or contemporaneously with
such transfer is paying the amount due to the Borrowers under the
relevant policy on account of such defaulted Accounts.  The Borrowers
will not allow the Accounts Receivable to be encumbered, except as may
be required pursuant to the HP (US) Agreement. Additionally, the Agent
may, at any time in its sole discretion, require the Borrowers to
permit the Agent to verify the individual account balances of the
individual Account Debtors immediately upon its request therefor.  In
any event, upon request from the Agent, made at any time hereafter
(but not more frequently than monthly, so long as no Default or Event
of Default is in existence), the Borrowers shall furnish the Agent
with a then current Account Debtor address list.

     SECTION 6.27. Inventory.  Notwithstanding the first sentence
of Section 4.1 of the Security Agreements, the Borrowers may sell,
lease, exchange, or otherwise dispose of any of the Inventory as may
be required by any of the Distributor Agreements.  Notwithstanding
Section 4.5 of the Security Agreement, the Borrowers may, without
notice to or the consent of the Agent, transfer temporarily (for
periods not to exceed 3 months in any event) Inventory from a location
under its possession and control to another location at any time or
from time to time hereafter for the limited purpose of having work
performed on such Inventory if done in the ordinary course of the
Borrowers' business. In the event that the Borrowers certify to the
Agent in writing that the Borrowers have relocated Inventory from a
closed location to another location (provided that the Lien created by
the Security Agreements is perfected at such new location), then the
Agent shall, upon request, file partial releases or terminations of
filed UCC financing statements filed 

                                       68
<PAGE>
 
with respect to such Inventory at such closed location (but not with respect to
any other Collateral which may be perfected thereby).

     SECTION 6.28.  Additional Debt.  Neither of the Borrowers or
any of their Subsidiaries shall incur or permit to exist any Debt not
in existence on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Borrowers' most
recent consolidated financial statements delivered to the Banks, and
extensions or renewals thereof, other than (i) Debt permitted to be
secured by Liens permitted by Section 6.18, (ii) Debt of the types
described in clause (vii) of the definition of Debt which is incurred
in the ordinary course of business in connection with the sale or
purchase of goods or to assure performance of any obligation to a
utility or a governmental entity or a worker's compensation
obligation; (iii) Debt permitted by Section 6.18; (iv) other Debt not
to exceed an aggregate amount outstanding at any time of $500,000; and
(v) trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business.


                              ARTICLE VII

                               DEFAULTS

     SECTION 7.01. Events of Default.  If one or more of the
following events ("Events of Default") shall have occurred and be
continuing:

          (a)  either of the Borrowers shall fail to pay when due any
     principal of any Loan or any Reimbursement Obligation, shall fail
     to pay any interest on any Loan within 5 Domestic Business Days
     after such interest shall become due, or shall fail to pay any
     fee or other amount payable hereunder within 5 Domestic Business
     Days after such fee or other amount becomes due; or

          (b)  either of the Borrowers shall fail to observe or
     perform any covenant contained in Sections 6.01(g), 6.02(ii),
     6.03 through 6.06, inclusive, Sections 6.15 through 6.17,
     inclusive, or Sections 6.19 through 6.24, inclusive, 6.26 through
     6.28, inclusive, or any covenant (beyond any applicable cure
     period) contained in any Loan Document; or

                                       69
<PAGE>
 
          (c)  either of the Borrowers shall fail to observe or
     perform any covenant or agreement contained or incorporated by
     reference in this Agreement (other than those covered by
     paragraph (a) or (b) above) and such failure shall not have been
     cured within 30 days after the earlier to occur of (i) written
     notice thereof has been given to the Borrowers by the Agent the
     request of any Bank or (ii) either of the Borrowers otherwise
     becomes aware of any such failure; or

          (d)  any representation, warranty, certification or
     statement made by either of the Borrowers in Article V of this
     Agreement or in any Loan Document, certificate, financial
     statement or other document delivered pursuant to this Agreement
     shall prove to have been incorrect or misleading in any material
     respect when made (or deemed made); or

          (e)  either of the Borrowers or any Subsidiary shall fail to
     make any payment in respect of Debt in an aggregate amount
     outstanding of $500,000 or more (other than the Notes) when due
     or within any applicable grace period; or

          (f) any event or condition shall occur which results in the
     acceleration of the maturity of Debt in an aggregate amount
     outstanding of $500,000 or more of either of the Borrowers or any
     Subsidiary (including, without limitation, any required mandatory
     prepayment or "put" of such Debt to either of the Borrowers or
     any Subsidiary) or enables (or, with the giving of notice or
     lapse of time or both, would enable) the holders of such Debt or
     commitment or any Person acting on such holders' behalf to
     accelerate the maturity thereof or terminate any such commitment
     (including, without limitation, any required mandatory prepayment
     or "put" of such Debt to either of the Borrowers or any
     Subsidiary); or

          (g)  either of the Borrowers or any Subsidiary shall
     commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking
     liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to
     itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other
     similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment
     of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar
     official of it or any substantial part of its property, or shall
     consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking
     possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other
     proceeding commenced against 

                                       70
<PAGE>
 
     it, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or
     shall fail generally, or shall admit in writing its inability, to pay its
     debts as they become due, or shall take any corporate action to authorize
     any of the foregoing; or

          (h)  an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be
     commenced against either of the Borrowers or any Subsidiary
     seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect
     to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other
     similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment
     of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar
     official of it or any substantial part of its property, and such
     involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and
     unstayed for a period of 60 days; or an order for relief shall be
     entered against either of the Borrowers or any Subsidiary under
     the federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect; or

          (i)  either of the Borrowers or any member of the Controlled
     Group shall fail to pay when due any material amount which it
     shall have become liable to pay to the PBGC or to a Plan under
     Title IV of ERISA; or notice of intent to terminate a Plan or
     Plans shall be filed under Title IV of ERISA by either of the
     Borrowers, any member of the Controlled Group, any plan
     administrator or any combination of the foregoing; or the PBGC
     shall institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate
     or to cause a trustee to be appointed to administer any such Plan
     or Plans or a proceeding shall be instituted by a fiduciary of
     any such Plan or Plans to enforce Section 515 or 4219(c)(5) of
     ERISA and such proceeding shall not have been dismissed within 30
     days thereafter; or a condition shall exist by reason of which
     the PBGC would be entitled to obtain a decree adjudicating that
     any such Plan or Plans must be terminated; or either of the
     Borrowers or any other member of the Controlled Group shall enter
     into, contribute or be obligated to contribute to, terminate or
     incur any withdrawal liability with respect to, a Multiemployer
     Plan; or

          (j)  one or more judgments or orders for the payment of
     money in an aggregate amount in excess of $500,000 shall be
     rendered against any one, or more or all of the Borrowers 

                                       71
<PAGE>
 
     and the Subsidiaries unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of 
     30 days; or

          (k)  a federal tax lien shall be filed against either of the
     Borrowers or any Subsidiary under Section 6323 of the Code or a
     lien of the PBGC shall be filed against either of the Borrowers
     or any Subsidiary under Section 4068 of ERISA and in either case
     such lien shall remain undischarged for a period of 25 days after
     the date of filing; or

          (l)  (i) any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert
     shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of
     Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of 20% or more of the
     outstanding shares of the voting stock of SEC; or (ii) as of any
     date a majority of the Board of Directors of SEC consists of
     individuals who were not either (A) directors of SEC as of the
     corresponding date of the previous year, (B) selected or
     nominated to become directors by the Board of Directors of SEC of 
     which a majority consisted of individuals described in clause
     (A), or (C) selected or nominated to become directors by the
     Board of Directors of SEC of which a majority consisted of
     individuals described in clause (A) and individuals described in 
     clause (B); or

          (m) there shall have occurred uninsured damage to, or loss,
     theft or destruction of, any part of the Collateral, occurring in
     one or more incidents in which the cost of such uninsured
     Collateral exceeds $500,000;

then, and in every such event, (i) the Agent shall, if requested by
the Required Banks, by notice to the Borrowers terminate the
Commitments and they shall thereupon terminate, (ii) Wachovia may
terminate its obligation to fund Swing Loans, and (iii) the Agent
shall, if requested by the Required Banks, by notice to the Borrowers
declare the Notes, including the Swing Loan Note (in each case
together with accrued interest thereon), and all other amounts payable
hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, to be, and the Notes,
including the Swing Loan Note (in each case together with accrued
interest thereon), and all other amounts payable hereunder and under
the other Loan Documents shall thereupon become, immediately due and
payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any
kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrowers together with
interest 

                                       72
<PAGE>
 
at the Default Rate accruing on the principal amount thereof
from and after the date of such Event of Default; provided that if any
Event of Default specified in paragraph (g) or (h) above occurs with
respect to either of the Borrowers, without any notice to the
Borrowers or any other act by the Agent or the Banks, the Commitments
shall thereupon terminate and the Notes, including the Swing Loan Note
(in each case together with accrued interest thereon) and all other
amounts payable hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall
automatically and without notice become immediately due and payable
without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all
of which are hereby waived by the Borrowers together with interest
thereon at the Default Rate accruing on the principal amount thereof
from and after the date of such Event of Default.  In addition, upon
the occurrence of an Event of Default, to the extent of any existing
Letter of Credit Obligations, the Borrowers shall immediately deposit
with the Agent cash collateral in an amount equal to 105% of the
aggregate undrawn amount available under all outstanding Letters of
Credit, which cash collateral shall be set aside as a collateral
reserve for payment of the Reimbursement Obligations relating to
Letters of Credit which are subsequently funded.  After all Letters of
Credit have been cancelled and all Reimbursement Obligations have been
satisfied, and the Agent has been reimbursed all amounts funded by it
with respect thereto, any balance remaining in said collateral reserve
may be applied to other amounts owed by the Borrowers hereunder, and,
if none, shall be remitted to Borrowers.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Agent shall have available to it all other remedies
under each Loan Document and at law or equity, and shall exercise any
one or all of them at the request of the Required Banks.

     SECTION 7.02. Notice of Default.  The Agent shall give
notice to the Borrowers of any Default under Section 7.01(c) promptly
upon being requested to do so by any Bank and shall thereupon notify
all the Banks thereof.


                             ARTICLE VIII

                               THE AGENT

     SECTION 8.01. Appointment; Powers and Immunities.  Each Bank
hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Agent to act as its
agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents with such powers as
are specifically delegated to the Agent by the 

                                       73
<PAGE>
 
terms hereof and thereof, together with such other powers as are reasonably
incidental thereto. The Agent: (a) shall have no duties or responsibilities
except as expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,
and shall not by reason of this Agreement or any other Loan Document be a
trustee for any Bank; (b) shall not be responsible to the Banks for any
recitals, statements, representations or warranties contained in this Agreement
or any other Loan Document, or in any certificate or other document referred to
or provided for in, or received by any Bank under, this Agreement or any other
Loan Document, or for the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability,
perfection, collectibility, or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan
Document or any other document referred to or provided for herein or therein or
for any failure by either of the Borrowers to perform any of its obligations
hereunder or thereunder; (c) shall not be required to initiate or conduct any
litigation or collection proceedings hereunder or under any other Loan Document
except to the extent requested by the Required Banks, and then only on terms and
conditions satisfactory to the Agent, and (d) shall not be responsible for any
action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder or under any other Loan
Document or any other document or instrument referred to or provided for herein
or therein or in connection herewith or therewith, except for its own gross
negligence or wilful misconduct. The Agent may employ agents and attorneys-in-
fact and shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any such
agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care. The provisions
of this Article VIII are solely for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks, and
the Borrowers shall not have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of
the provisions hereof. In performing its functions and duties under this
Agreement and under the other Loan Documents, the Agent shall act solely as
agent of the Banks and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed
any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for the
Borrowers. The duties of the Agent shall be ministerial and administrative in
nature, and the Agent shall not have by reason of this Agreement or any other
Loan Document a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Bank.

     SECTION 8.02. Reliance by Agent.  The Agent shall be
entitled to rely upon any certification, notice or other communication
(including any thereof by telephone, telecopier, telegram or cable)
believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or
sent by or on behalf of the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice
and statements of legal counsel, 

                                       74
<PAGE>
 
independent accountants or other experts selected by the Agent. As to any
matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement or any other Loan Document,
the Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from
acting, hereunder and thereunder in accordance with instructions signed by the
Required Banks, and such instructions of the Required Banks in any action taken
or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding on all of the Banks.

     SECTION 8.03. Defaults.  The Agent shall not be deemed to
have knowledge of the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default
(other than the nonpayment of principal of or interest on the Loans)
unless the Agent has received notice from a Bank or either of the
Borrowers specifying such Default or Event of Default and stating that
such notice is a "Notice of Default".  In the event that the Agent
receives such a notice of the occurrence of a Default or an Event of
Default, the Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Banks.  The
Agent shall give each Bank prompt notice of each nonpayment of
principal of or interest on the Loans whether or not it has received
any notice of the occurrence of such nonpayment.  The Agent shall
(subject to Section 9.06) take such action hereunder with respect to
such Default or Event of Default as shall be directed by the Required
Banks, provided that, unless and until the Agent shall have received
such directions, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take
such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such
Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best
interests of the Banks.

     SECTION 8.04. Rights of Agent and its Affiliates as a Bank. 
With respect to the Loans made by the Agent and any Affiliate of the
Agent, Wachovia in its capacity as a Bank hereunder and any Affiliate
of the Agent or such Affiliate in its capacity as a Bank hereunder
shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Bank and
may exercise the same as though Wachovia were not acting as the Agent,
and the term "Bank" or "Banks" shall, unless the context otherwise
indicates, include Wachovia in its individual capacity and any
Affiliate of the Agent in its individual capacity.  The Agent and any
Affiliate of the Agent may (without having to account therefor to any
Bank) accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any
kind of banking, trust or other business with either of the Borrowers
(and any of the Borrowers' Affiliates) as if Wachovia were not acting
as the Agent, and the Agent and any Affiliate of the Agent may accept
fees and other consideration from the 

                                       75
<PAGE>
 
Borrowers (in addition to any agency fees and arrangement fees heretofore agreed
to between the Borrowers and the Agent) for services in connection with this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise without having to account for
the same to the Banks.

     SECTION 8.05. Indemnification.  Each Bank severally agrees
to indemnify the Agent, to the extent the Agent shall not have been
reimbursed by the Borrowers, ratably in accordance with its
Commitment, for any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including,
without limitation, counsel fees and disbursements) or disbursements
of any kind and nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by
or asserted against the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of
this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other documents
contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby (excluding, unless an Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing, the normal administrative costs and
expenses incident to the performance of its agency duties hereunder)
or the enforcement of any of the terms hereof or thereof or any such
other documents; provided that no Bank shall be liable for any of the
foregoing to the extent they arise from the gross negligence or wilful
misconduct of the Agent.  If any indemnity furnished to the Agent for
any purpose shall, in the opinion of the Agent, be insufficient or
become impaired, the Agent may call for additional indemnity and
cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such
additional indemnity is furnished.  

     SECTION 8.06  Consequential Damages.  THE AGENT SHALL NOT BE
RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE TO ANY BANK, THE BORROWERS OR ANY OTHER PERSON
OR ENTITY FOR ANY PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH
MAY BE ALLEGED AS A RESULT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS
OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

     SECTION 8.07. Payee of Note Treated as Owner.  The Agent may
deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all
purposes hereof unless and until a written notice of the assignment or
transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Agent and the
provisions of Section 10.08(c) have been satisfied.  Any requests,
authority or consent of any Person who at the time of making such
request or giving such authority or consent is the holder of any Note
shall be  conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, transferee
or assignee of that 

                                       76
<PAGE>
 
Note or of any Note or Notes issued in exchange therefor or 
replacement thereof.

      SECTION 8.08. Nonreliance on Agent and Other Banks.  Each
Bank agrees that it has, independently and without reliance on the
Agent or any other Bank, and based on such documents and information
as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis of the
Borrowers and decision to enter into this Agreement and that it will,
independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Bank,
and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
appropriate at the time, continue to make its own analysis and
decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement or any
of the other Loan Documents.  The Agent shall not be required to keep
itself (or any Bank) informed as to the performance or observance by
the Borrowers of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or
any other document referred to or provided for herein or therein or to
inspect the properties or books of the Borrowers or any other Person. 
Except for notices, reports and other documents and information
expressly required to be furnished to the Banks by the Agent hereunder
or under the other Loan Documents, the Agent shall not have any duty
or responsibility to provide any Bank with any credit or other
information concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of
the Borrowers or any other Person (or any of their Affiliates) which
may come into the possession of the Agent.

    SECTION 8.09. Failure to Act.  Except for action expressly
required of the Agent hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, the
Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to
act hereunder and thereunder unless it shall receive further
assurances to its satisfaction by the Banks of their indemnification
obligations under Section 8.05 against any and all liability and
expense which may be incurred by the Agent by reason of taking,
continuing to take, or failing to take any such action.

     SECTION 8.10. Resignation or Removal of Agent.  Subject to
the appointment and acceptance of a successor Agent as provided below,
the Agent may resign at any time by giving notice thereof to the Banks
and the Borrowers and the Agent may be removed at any time with or
without cause by the Required Banks.  Upon any such resignation or
removal, the Required Banks shall have the right to appoint a
successor Agent.  If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed
by the Required Banks and 

                                       77
<PAGE>
 
shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent's
notice of resignation or the Required Banks' removal of the retiring Agent, then
the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Banks, appoint a successor Agent. Any
successor Agent shall be a bank which has a combined capital and surplus of at
least $500,000,000. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by
a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become
vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent,
and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations
hereunder. After any retiring Agent's resignation or removal hereunder as Agent,
the provisions of this Article VII shall continue in effect for its benefit in
respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as
the Agent hereunder.


                              ARTICLE IX

                 CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES; COMPENSATION

     SECTION 9.01. Basis for Determining Interest Rate Inadequate
or Unfair.  If on or prior to the first day of any Interest Period:

          (a)  the Agent determines that deposits in Dollars (in the
     applicable amounts) are not being offered in the relevant market
     for such Interest Period, or 

          (b) the Required Banks advise the Agent that the London
     Interbank Offered Rate, as determined by the Agent will not
     adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Banks of funding
     the relevant type of Euro-Dollar Loans for such Interest Period,

the Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Borrowers and the
Banks, whereupon until the Agent notifies the Borrowers that the
circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, the
obligations of the Banks to make the type of Euro-Dollar Loans
specified in such notice shall be suspended.  Unless the Borrowers
notify the Agent at least 2 Domestic Business Days before the date of
any Borrowing of such type of Euro-Dollar Loans for which a Notice of
Borrowing has previously been given that it elects not to borrow on
such date, such Borrowing shall instead be made as a Base Rate
Borrowing.

                                       78
<PAGE>
 
     SECTION 9.02. Illegality.  If, after the date hereof, the
adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change
therein or any existing or future law, rule or regulation, or any
change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any
governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with
the interpretation or administration thereof (any such agency being
referred to as an "Authority" and any such event being referred to as
a "Change  of Law"), or compliance by any Bank (or its Lending Office)
with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law)
of any Authority shall make it unlawful or impossible for any Bank (or
its Lending Office) to make, maintain or fund its Euro-Dollar Loans
and such Bank shall so notify the Agent, the Agent shall forthwith
give notice thereof to the other Banks and the Borrowers, whereupon
until such Bank notifies the Borrowers and the Agent that the
circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, the
obligation of such Bank to make such type of Euro-Dollar Loans shall
be suspended.  Before giving any notice to the Agent pursuant to this
Section, such Bank shall designate a different Lending Office if such
designation will avoid the need for giving such notice and will not,
in the judgment of such Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to such
Bank.  If such Bank shall determine that it may not lawfully continue
to maintain and fund any of its outstanding Euro-Dollar Loans to
maturity and shall so specify in such notice, the Borrowers shall
immediately prepay in full the then outstanding principal amount of
each Euro-Dollar Loan of such Bank, together with accrued interest
thereon and any amount due such Bank pursuant to Section 9.05(a). 
Concurrently with prepaying each such Euro-Dollar Loan, the Borrowers
shall borrow a Base Rate Loan in an equal principal amount from such
Bank (on which interest and principal shall be payable
contemporaneously with the related Euro-Dollar Loans of the other
Banks), and such Bank shall make such a Base Rate Loan.

     SECTION 9.03. Increased Cost and Reduced Return.  (a) If
after the date hereof, a Change of Law or compliance by any Bank (or
its Lending Office) with any request or directive (whether or not
having the force of law) of any Authority: 

          (i) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve,
     special deposit or similar requirement (including, without
     limitation, any such requirement imposed by the Board of
     Governors of the Federal Reserve System, but excluding any such
     requirement included in an applicable Euro-Dollar Reserve
     Percentage) against assets of, deposits 

                                       79
<PAGE>
 
     with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Bank 
     (or its Lending Office); or

          (ii) shall impose on any Bank (or its Lending Office) or on
     the United States market for the London interbank market or any
     other market used as the basis for any Euro-Dollar Loan any other
     condition affecting its Euro-Dollar Loans, its Notes or its
     obligation to make Euro-Dollar Loans;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such
Bank (or its Lending Office) of making or maintaining any Loan, or to
reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Bank (or
its Lending Office) under this Agreement or under its Notes with
respect thereto, by an amount deemed by such Bank to be material,
then, within 15 days after demand by such Bank (with a copy to the
Agent), the Borrowers shall pay to such Bank such additional amount or
amounts as will compensate such Bank for such increased cost or
reduction; provided, that the Borrowers shall have no liability for
amounts related to periods earlier than 90 days prior to the date of
such written request.

     (b) If any Bank shall have determined that after the date
hereof the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation
regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in
the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any
Bank (or its Lending Office) with any request or directive regarding
capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any
Authority, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return
on such Bank's capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder
to a level below that which such Bank could have achieved but for such
adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Bank's
policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such
Bank to be material, then from time to time, within 15 days after
demand by such Bank, the Borrowers shall pay to such Bank such
additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Bank for such
reduction.

     (c)  Each Bank will promptly notify the Borrowers and the
Agent of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the date
hereof, which will entitle such Bank to compensation pursuant to this
Section and will designate a different Lending Office if such
designation will avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such
compensation and will not, in the judgment of 

                                       80
<PAGE>
 
such Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank. A certificate of any Bank
claiming compensation under this Section and setting forth the additional amount
or amounts to be paid to it hereunder and calculations in reasonable detail with
respect thereto shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In
determining such amount, such Bank may use any reasonable averaging and
attribution methods.

     (d)  The provisions of this Section 9.03 shall be applicable
with respect to any Participant, Assignee or other Transferee, and any
calculations required by such provisions shall be made based upon the
circumstances of such Participant, Assignee or other Transferee.

     SECTION 9.04. Base Rate Loans or Other Euro-Dollar Loans
Substituted for Affected Euro-Dollar Loans.  If (i) the obligation of
any Bank to make or maintain any type of Euro-Dollar Loans has been
suspended pursuant to Section 9.02 or (ii) any Bank has demanded
compensation under Section 9.03, and the Borrowers shall, by at least
5 Euro-Dollar Business Days' prior notice to such Bank through the
Agent, have elected that the provisions of this Section shall apply to
such Bank, then, unless and until such Bank notifies the Borrowers
that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension or demand for
compensation no longer apply:

          (a)  all Loans which would otherwise be made by such Bank as
     Euro-Dollar Loans shall be made instead as Base Rate Loans, and

          (b)  after each of its Euro-Dollar Loans has been repaid,
     all payments of principal which would otherwise be applied to
     repay such Euro-Dollar Loans shall be applied to repay its Base
     Rate Loans instead.

     SECTION 9.05. Compensation.  Upon the request of any Bank,
delivered to the Borrowers and the Agent, the Borrowers shall pay to
such Bank such amount or amounts as shall compensate such Bank for any
loss, cost or expense incurred by such Bank as a result of:

     (a)  any payment or prepayment (pursuant to Section 2.09,
2.10, 7.01, 9.02 or otherwise) of a Euro-Dollar Loan on a date other
than the last day of an Interest Period for such Loan; or

                                       81
<PAGE>
 
     (b)  any failure by the Borrowers to prepay a Euro-Dollar
Loan on the date for such prepayment specified in the relevant notice
of prepayment hereunder; or

     (c)  any failure by the Borrowers to borrow a Euro-Dollar
Loan on the date for the Fixed Rate Borrowing specified in the
applicable Notice of Borrowing delivered pursuant to Section 2.02;

such compensation to include, without limitation, with respect to
Euro-Dollar Loans, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the
amount of interest which would have accrued on the amount so paid or
prepaid or not prepaid or borrowed for the period from the date of
such payment, prepayment or failure to prepay or borrow to the last
day of the then current Interest Period for such Euro-Dollar Loan (or,
in the case of a failure to prepay or borrow, the Interest Period for
such Euro-Dollar Loan which would have commenced on the date of such
failure to prepay or borrow) at the applicable rate of interest for
such Euro-Dollar Loan provided for herein over (y) the amount of
interest (as reasonably determined by such Bank) such Bank would have
paid on deposits in Dollars of comparable amounts having terms
comparable to such period placed with it by leading banks in the
London interbank market.

                               ARTICLE X

                             MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 10.01. Notices.  All notices, requests and other
communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including
telecopier or similar writing) and shall be given to such party at its
address or telecopier number set forth on the signature pages hereof
or such other address or telecopier number as such party may hereafter
specify for the purpose by notice to each other party.  Each such
notice, request or other communication shall be effective (i) if given
by telecopier, when such telecopy is transmitted to the telecopier
number specified in this Section and the confirmation is received,
(ii) if given by mail, 72 hours after such communication is deposited
in the mail with first class postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid
or (iii) if given by any other means, when delivered at the address
specified in this Section; provided that notices to the Agent under
Article II or Article X shall not be effective until received.

                                       82
<PAGE>
 
     SECTION 10.02. No Waivers.  No failure or delay by the Agent
or any Bank in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or
under any Note or other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver
thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any
other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right,
power or privilege.  The rights and remedies herein provided shall be
cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by
law.

     SECTION 10.03. Expenses; Documentary Taxes.  The Borrowers
shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the
Agent, including reasonable fees and disbursements of special outside
counsel for the Banks and the Agent, in connection with the
preparation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, any waiver
or consent hereunder or thereunder or any amendment hereof or thereof
or any Default or alleged Default hereunder or thereunder and (ii) if
a Default occurs, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by
the Agent and the Banks, including reasonable fees and disbursements
of counsel (including allocated costs of inside counsel for any Bank
which does not use outside counsel), in connection with such Default
and collection and  other enforcement proceedings resulting therefrom,
including out-of-pocket expenses incurred in enforcing this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents.  The Borrowers shall indemnify the Agent
and each Bank against any transfer taxes, documentary taxes,
assessments or charges made by any Authority by reason of the
execution and delivery of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

     SECTION 10.04. Indemnification.  The Borrowers shall indemnify
the Agent, the Banks and each Affiliate thereof and their
respective directors, officers, employees and agents from, and hold
each of them harmless against, any and all losses, liabilities, claims
or damages to which any of them may become subject, insofar as such
losses, liabilities, claims or damages arise out of or result from any
actual or proposed use by the Borrowers of the proceeds of any
extension of credit by any Bank hereunder or breach by either of the
Borrowers of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or from any
investigation, litigation (including, without limitation, any actions
taken by the Agent or any of the Banks to enforce this Agreement or
any of the other Loan Documents) or other proceeding (including,
without limitation, any threatened investigation or proceeding)
relating to the foregoing, and the Borrowers shall reimburse the Agent
and each Bank, and each Affiliate thereof and their respective

                                       83
<PAGE>
 
directors, officers, employees and agents, upon demand for any
expenses (including, without limitation, legal fees) incurred in
connection with any such investigation or proceeding; but excluding
any such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses incurred by
reason of the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Person to
be indemnified.

     SECTION 10.05. Setoff; Sharing of Setoffs.  (a) Each of the
Borrowers hereby grants to the Agent and each Bank a lien for all
indebtedness and obligations owing to them from the Borrowers upon all
deposits or deposit accounts, of any kind, or any interest in any
deposits or deposit accounts thereof, now or hereafter pledged,
mortgaged, transferred or assigned to the Agent or any such Bank or
otherwise in the possession or control of the Agent or any such Bank
for any purpose for the account or benefit of either of the Borrowers
and including any balance of any deposit account or of any credit of
either of the Borrowers with the Agent or any such Bank, whether now
existing or hereafter established hereby authorizing the Agent and
each Bank at any time or times with or without prior notice to apply
such balances or any part thereof to such of the indebtedness and
obligations owing by either of the Borrowers to the Banks and/or the
Agent then past due and in such amounts as they may elect, and whether
or not the collateral, if any, or the responsibility of other Persons
primarily, secondarily or otherwise liable may be deemed adequate. 
For the purposes of this paragraph, all remittances and property shall
be deemed to be in the possession of the Agent or any such Bank as
soon as the same may be put in transit to it by mail or carrier or by
other bailee.

     (b)  Each Bank agrees that if it shall, by exercising any
right of setoff or counterclaim or resort to collateral security or
otherwise, receive payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of
principal and interest owing with respect to the Note held by it which
is greater than the proportion received by any other Bank in respect
of the aggregate amount of all principal and interest owing with
respect to the Note held by such other Bank, the Bank receiving such
proportionately greater payment shall purchase such participations in
the Notes held by the other Banks owing to such other Banks, and such
other adjustments shall be made, as may be required so that all such
payments of principal and interest with respect to the Notes held by
the Banks owing to such other Banks shall be shared by the Banks pro
rata; provided that (i) nothing in this Section shall impair the right
of any Bank to exercise any right of setoff or 

                                       84
<PAGE>
 
counterclaim it may have and to apply the amount subject to such exercise to the
payment of indebtedness of the Borrowers other than its indebtedness under the
Notes, and (ii) if all or any portion of such payment received by the purchasing
Bank is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Bank, such purchase from each
other Bank shall be rescinded and such other Bank shall repay to the purchasing
Bank the purchase price of such participation to the extent of such recovery
together with an amount equal to such other Bank's ratable share (according to
the proportion of (x) the amount of such other Bank's required repayment to (y)
the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Bank) of any interest or other
amount paid or payable by the purchasing Bank in respect of the total amount so
recovered. The Borrowers agree, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so
under applicable law, that any holder of a participation in a Note, whether or
not acquired pursuant to the foregoing arrangements, may exercise rights of
setoff or counterclaim and other rights with respect to such participation as
fully as if such holder of a participation were a direct creditor of the
Borrowers in the amount of such participation.

     SECTION 10.06. Amendments and Waivers.  (a) Any provision of
this Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Documents may be amended
or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and
is signed by the Borrowers and the Required Banks (and, if the rights
or duties of the Agent are affected thereby, by the Agent); provided
that, no such amendment or waiver shall, unless signed by all Banks,
(i) change the Commitment of any Bank or subject any Bank to any
additional obligation, (ii) change the principal of or rate of
interest on any Loan or any fees (other than fees payable to the
Agent) hereunder, (iii) change the date fixed for any payment of
principal of or interest on any Loan or any fees hereunder, (iv)
change the amount of principal, interest or fees due on any date fixed
for the payment thereof, (v) change the percentage of the Commitments
or of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Notes, or the
percentage of Banks, which shall be required for the Banks or any of
them to take any action under this Section or any other provision of
this Agreement, (vi) change the manner of application of any payments
made under this Agreement or the Notes, (vii) release or substitute
all or any substantial part of the collateral (if any) held as
security for the Loans, or (viii) release any Guarantee given to
support payment of the Loans.

                                       85
<PAGE>
 
     (b)  The Borrowers will not solicit, request or negotiate
for or with respect to any proposed waiver or amendment of any of the
provisions of this Agreement unless each Bank shall be informed
thereof by the Borrowers and shall be afforded an opportunity of
considering the same and shall be supplied by the Borrowers with
sufficient information to enable it to make an informed decision with
respect thereto.  Executed or true and correct copies of any waiver or
consent effected pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall be
delivered by the Borrowers to each Bank forthwith following the date
on which the same shall have been executed and delivered by the
requisite percentage of Banks.  The Borrowers will not, directly or
indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way
of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, to any Bank
(in its capacity as such) as consideration for or as an inducement to
the entering into by such Bank of any waiver or amendment of any of
the terms and provisions of this Agreement unless such remuneration is
concurrently paid, on the same terms, ratably to all such Banks.

     SECTION 10.07. No Margin Stock Collateral.  Each of the Banks
represents to the Agent and each of the other Banks that it in
good faith is not, directly or indirectly (by negative pledge or
otherwise), relying upon any Margin Stock as collateral in the
extension or maintenance of the credit provided for in this Agreement.

     SECTION 10.08. Successors and Assigns.  (a)  The provisions
of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns;
provided that the Borrowers may not assign or otherwise transfer any
of their respective rights under this Agreement.

     (b)  Any Bank may at any time sell to one or more Persons
(each a "Participant") participating interests in any Loan owing to
such Bank, any Note held by such Bank, any Commitment hereunder or any
other interest of such Bank hereunder.  In the event of any such sale
by a Bank of a participating interest to a Participant, such Bank's
obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, such Bank
shall remain solely responsible for the performance thereof, such Bank
shall remain the holder of any such Note for all purposes under this
Agreement, and the Borrowers and the Agent shall continue to deal
solely and directly with such Bank in connection with such 

                                       86
<PAGE>
 
Bank's rights and obligations under this Agreement. In no event shall a Bank
that sells a participation be obligated to the Participant to take or refrain
from taking any action hereunder except that such Bank may agree that it will
not (except as provided below), without the consent of the Participant, agree to
(i) the change of any date fixed for the payment of principal of or interest on
the related loan or loans, (ii) the change of the amount of any principal,
interest or fees due on any date fixed for the payment thereof with respect to
the related loan or loans, (iii) the change of the principal of the related loan
or loans, (iv) any change in the rate at which either interest is payable
thereon or (if the Participant is entitled to any part thereof) fee is payable
hereunder from the rate at which the Participant is entitled to receive interest
or fee (as the case may be) in respect of such participation, (v) the release or
substitution of all or any substantial part of the collateral (if any) held as
security for the Loans, or (vi) the release of any Guarantee given to support
payment of the Loans. Each Bank selling a participating interest in any Loan,
Note, Commitment or other interest under this Agreement, within 10 Domestic
Business Days of such sale, shall provide the Borrowers and the Agent with
written notification stating that such sale has occurred and identifying the
Participant and the interest purchased by such Participant. The Borrowers agree
that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Article IX with
respect to its participation in Loans outstanding from time to time.

     (c) Any Bank may at any time assign to one or more banks or
financial institutions (each an "Assignee") all or a proportionate
part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Notes and
the other Loan Documents, and such Assignee shall assume all such
rights and obligations, pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance,
executed by such Assignee, such transferor Bank and the Agent (and, in
the case of an Assignee that is not then a Bank, subject to clause
(iii) below, by the Borrowers); provided that (i) no interest may be
sold by a Bank pursuant to this paragraph (c) unless the Assignee
shall agree to assume ratably equivalent portions of the transferor
Bank's Commitment, (ii) if a Bank is assigning only a portion of its
Commitment, then, the amount of the Commitment being assigned
(determined as of the effective date of the assignment) shall be in an
amount not less than $5,000,000, (iii) except during the continuance
of a Default, no interest may be sold by a Bank pursuant to this
paragraph (c) to any Assignee that is not then a Bank (or an Affiliate
of a Bank) without the consent of the 

                                       87
<PAGE>
 
Borrowers and the Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and
(iv) a Bank may not have more than 2 Assignees that are not then Banks at any
one time. Upon (A) execution of the Assignment and Acceptance by such transferor
Bank, such Assignee, the Agent and (if applicable) the Borrowers, (B) delivery
of an executed copy of the Assignment and Acceptance to the Borrowers and the
Agent, (C) payment by such Assignee to such transferor Bank of an amount equal
to the purchase price agreed between such transferor Bank and such Assignee, and
(D) payment of a processing and recordation fee of $2,500 to the Agent, such
Assignee shall for all purposes be a Bank party to this Agreement and shall have
all the rights and obligations of a Bank under this Agreement to the same extent
as if it were an original party hereto with a Commitment as set forth in such
instrument of assumption, and the transferor Bank shall be released from its
obligations hereunder to a corresponding extent, and no further consent or
action by the Borrowers, the Banks or the Agent shall be required. Upon the
consummation of any transfer to an Assignee pursuant to this paragraph (c), the
transferor Bank, the Agent and the Borrowers shall make appropriate arrangements
so that, if required, a new Note is issued to each of such Assignee and such
transferor Bank. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Commitments of and Loans
made by National City Bank of Columbus hereunder may be assigned by it to one of
its Affiliates and such assignment (i) may be made without consent by either
Borrower, the Agent or any Bank, and (ii) shall not be subject to the $2,500
processing and recordation fee described in this paragraph (c).

     (d) Subject to the provisions of Section 10.09, the Borrowers
authorize each Bank to disclose to any Participant, Assignee
or other transferee (each a "Transferee") and any prospective
Transferee any and all financial information in such Bank's possession
concerning the Borrowers which has been delivered to such Bank by the
Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement or which has been delivered to
such Bank by the Borrowers in connection with such Bank's credit
evaluation prior to entering into this Agreement.

     (e) No Transferee shall be entitled to receive any greater
payment under Section 10.03 than the transferor Bank would have been
entitled to receive with respect to the rights transferred, unless
such transfer is made with the Borrowers' prior written consent or by
reason of the provisions of Section 9.02 or 9.03 requiring such Bank
to designate a different Lending 

                                       88
<PAGE>
 
Office under certain circumstances or at a time when the circumstances giving
rise to such greater payment did not exist.

     (f) Anything in this Section 10.08 to the contrary
notwithstanding, any Bank may assign and pledge all or any portion of
the Loans and/or obligations owing to it to any Federal Reserve Bank
or the United States Treasury as collateral security pursuant to
Regulation A of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
and any Operating Circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank,
provided that any payment in respect of such assigned Loans and/or
obligations made by the Borrowers to the assigning and/or pledging
Bank in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall satisfy the
Borrowers' obligations hereunder in respect of such assigned Loans
and/or obligations to the extent of such payment.  No such assignment
shall release the assigning and/or pledging Bank from its obligations
hereunder.

     SECTION 10.09. Confidentiality.  Each Bank agrees to exercise
commercially reasonable efforts to keep any information
delivered or made available by the Borrowers to it which is clearly
indicated to be confidential information, confidential from anyone
other than persons employed or retained by such Bank who are or are
expected to become engaged in evaluating, approving, structuring or
administering the Loans; provided that nothing herein shall prevent
any Bank from disclosing such information (i) to any other Bank, (ii)
upon the order of any court or administrative agency, (iii) upon the
request or demand of any regulatory agency or authority having
jurisdiction over such Bank, (iv) which has been publicly disclosed,
(v) to the extent reasonably required in connection with any
litigation to which the Agent, any Bank or their respective Affiliates
may be a party, (vi) to the extent reasonably required in connection
with the exercise of any remedy hereunder, (vii) to such Bank's legal
counsel and independent auditors and (viii) to any actual or proposed
Participant, Assignee or other Transferee of all or part of its rights
hereunder which has agreed in writing to be bound by the provisions of
this Section 10.09; provided that should disclosure of any such
confidential information be required by virtue of clause (ii) of the
immediately preceding sentence, to the extent permitted by law, any
relevant Bank shall promptly notify the Borrowers of same so as to
allow the Borrowers to seek a protective order or to take any other
appropriate action; provided, further, that, no Bank shall be required
to delay compliance with any directive to disclose any such
information so as to allow the Borrowers to effect any such action.

                                       89
<PAGE>
 
     SECTION 10.10. Representation by Banks.  Each Bank hereby
represents that it is a commercial lender or financial institution
which makes loans in the ordinary course of its business and that it
will make its Loans hereunder for its own account in the ordinary
course of such business; provided that, subject to Section 10.08, the
disposition of the Note or Notes held by that Bank shall at all times
be within its exclusive control.

     SECTION 10.11. Obligations Several.  The obligations of each
Bank hereunder are several, and no Bank shall be responsible for the
obligations or commitment of any other Bank hereunder.  Nothing
contained in this Agreement and no action taken by the Banks pursuant
hereto shall be deemed to constitute the Banks to be a partnership, an
association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity.  The amounts
payable at any time hereunder to each Bank shall be a separate and
independent debt, and each Bank shall be entitled to protect and
enforce its rights arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan
Document and it shall not be necessary for any other Bank to be joined
as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

     SECTION 10.12. Georgia Law.  This Agreement and each Note
shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the
State of Georgia.

     SECTION 10.13. Severability.  In case any one or more of the
provisions contained in this Agreement, the Notes or any of the other
Loan Documents should be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest
extent permitted by law.

     SECTION 10.14. Interest.  In no event shall the amount of
interest, and all charges, amounts or fees contracted for, charged or
collected pursuant to this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan
Documents and deemed to be interest under applicable law
(collectively, "Interest") exceed the highest rate of interest allowed
by applicable law (the "Maximum Rate"), and in the event any such
payment is inadvertently received by any Bank, then the excess sum
(the "Excess") shall be credited as a payment of principal, unless the
Borrowers shall notify such Bank in writing that it elects to have the
Excess returned forthwith.  It is the express intent hereof that the
Borrowers not pay and the 

                                       90
<PAGE>
 
Banks not receive, directly or indirectly in any manner whatsoever, interest in
excess of that which may legally be paid by the Borrowers under applicable law.
The right to accelerate maturity of any of the Loans does not include the right
to accelerate any interest that has not otherwise accrued on the date of such
acceleration, and the Agent and the Banks do not intend to collect any unearned
interest in the event of any such acceleration. All monies paid to the Agent or
the Banks hereunder or under any of the Notes or the other Loan Documents,
whether at maturity or by prepayment, shall be subject to rebate of unearned
interest as and to the extent required by applicable law. By the execution of
this Agreement, the Borrowers covenant, to the fullest extent permitted by law,
that (i) the credit or return of any Excess shall constitute the acceptance by
the Borrowers of such Excess, and (ii) the Borrowers shall not seek or pursue
any other remedy, legal or equitable , against the Agent or any Bank, based in
whole or in part upon contracting for charging or receiving any Interest in
excess of the Maximum Rate. For the purpose of determining whether or not any
Excess has been contracted for, charged or received by the Agent or any Bank,
all interest at any time contracted for, charged or received from the Borrowers
in connection with this Agreement, the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents
shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated,
allocated and spread in equal parts throughout the full term of the Commitments.
The Borrowers, the Agent and each Bank shall, to the maximum extent permitted
under applicable law, (i) characterize any non-principal payment as an expense,
fee or premium rather than as Interest and (ii) exclude voluntary prepayments
and the effects thereof. The provisions of this Section shall be deemed to be
incorporated into each Note and each of the other Loan Documents (whether or not
any provision of this Section is referred to therein). All such Loan Documents
and communications relating to any Interest owed by the Borrowers and all
figures set forth therein shall, for the sole purpose of computing the extent of
obligations hereunder and under the Notes and the other Loan Documents be
automatically recomputed by the Borrowers, and by any court considering the
same, to give effect to the adjustments or credits required by this Section.

     SECTION 10.15. Interpretation.  No provision of this Agreement or
any of the other Loan Documents shall be construed against or
interpreted to the disadvantage of any party hereto by any
court or other governmental or judicial authority by 

                                       91
<PAGE>
 
reason of such party having or being deemed to have structured or dictated such
provision.

     SECTION 10.16. Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Jurisdiction. 
Each of the Borrowers (a) and each of the Banks and the Agent
irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any
and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of
this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or any of the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (b) submits to the
nonexclusive personal jurisdiction in the State of Georgia, the courts
thereof and the United States District Courts sitting therein, for the
enforcement of this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents,
(c) waives any and all personal rights under the law of any
jurisdiction to object on any basis (including, without limitation,
inconvenience of forum) to jurisdiction or venue within the State of
Georgia for the purpose of litigation to enforce this Agreement, the
Notes or the other Loan Documents, and (d) agrees that service of
process may be made upon it in the manner prescribed in Section 10.01
for the giving of notice to the Borrowers.  Nothing herein contained,
however, shall prevent the Agent from bringing any action or
exercising any rights against any security and against the Borrowers
personally, and against any assets of the Borrowers, within any other
state or jurisdiction.

     SECTION 10.17. Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed
in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original,
with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon
the same instrument.

     SECTION 10.18. Source of Funds -- ERISA.  Each of the Banks
hereby severally (and not jointly) represents to the Borrowers that no
part of the funds to be used by such Bank to fund the Loans hereunder
from time to time constitutes (i) assets allocated to any separate
account maintained by such Bank in which any employee benefit plan (or
its related trust) has any interest nor (ii) any other assets of any
employee benefit plan.  As used in this Section, the terms "employee
benefit plan" and "separate account" shall have the respective
meanings assigned to such terms in Section 3 of ERISA.

                                       92
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement
to be duly executed, under seal, by their respective authorized
officers as of the day and year first above written.


                         SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS
                         CORPORATION              (SEAL)


                         By:   /s/ Larry G. Ayers
                              --------------------------------------
                              Title:  Vice President-Finance

                         SED INTERNATIONAL, INC.       (SEAL)


                         By:   /s/ Larry G. Ayers
                              --------------------------------------
                              Title:  Vice President-Finance

                         Southern Electronics Corporation
                         SED International, Inc.
                         4916 North Royal Atlanta Drive
                         Tucker, Georgia 30084
                         Attention: Larry G. Ayers, 
                                    Vice President-Finance
                         Telecopier number: 770-938-2414
                         Confirmation number: 770-491-8692

                                       93
<PAGE>
 
COMMITMENTS              WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.,
                         as Agent and as a Bank                 (SEAL)


$75,000,000
                         By:   /s/ Ken B. Harrison
                              ----------------------------------------
                              Title:  Vice President

                         Lending Office
                         Wachovia Bank, N.A.
                         191 Peachtree Street, N.E.
                         Atlanta, Georgia 30303-1757
                         Attention: Commercial Group
                         Telecopier number: 404-332-6920
                         Confirmation number: 404-332-5269

                                       94
<PAGE>
 
                         NATIONAL CITY BANK OF COLUMBUS         (SEAL)


$25,000,000
                         By:  /s/ Brian T. Strayton
                             -----------------------------------------
                             Title:  Vice President

                         Lending Office
                         National City Bank of Columbus
                         155 East Broad Street
                         Columbus, Ohio 43251-0034
                         Attention: Brian T. Strayton
                                    Vice President
                         Telecopier number: 614-463-8572
                         Confirmation number: 614-463-8386


TOTAL COMMITMENTS:
- ------------------ 
$100,000,000 

                                       95
<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT A-1

               AMENDED AND RESTATED SYNDICATED LOAN NOTE

                           Atlanta, Georgia
                             June 27, 1997


     For value received, SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION and SED
INTERNATIONAL, INC., each a Delaware corporation, jointly and
severally (individually and collectively, as the context shall
require, the "Borrowers"), promise to pay to the order of
___________________________________________________________ (the
"Bank"), for the account of its Lending Office, the principal sum of   
_____________________________ MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS 
($_____________________________), or such lesser amount as shall equal
the unpaid principal amount of each Syndicated Loan made by the Bank
to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement referred to below,
on the dates and in the amounts provided in the Credit Agreement.  The
Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of
this Syndicated Loan Note on the dates and at the rate or rates
provided for in the Credit Agreement.  Interest on any overdue
principal of and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest on
the principal amount hereof shall bear interest at the Default Rate,
as provided for in the Credit Agreement.  All such payments of
principal and interest shall be made in lawful money of the United
States in Federal or other immediately available funds at the office
of Wachovia Bank, N.A., 191 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia
30303-1757, or such other address as may be specified from time to
time pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

     All Loans made by the Bank, the respective maturities
thereof, the interest rates from time to time applicable thereto, and
all repayments of the principal thereof shall be recorded by the Bank
and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed by the Bank on the
schedule attached hereto, or on a continuation of such schedule
attached to and made a part hereof; provided that the failure of the
Bank to make any such recordation or endorsement shall not affect the
obligations of the Borrowers hereunder or under the Credit Agreement.

     This Syndicated Loan Note is one of the Syndicated Loan
Notes referred to in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated
as of August 13, 1997 among the Borrowers, the Banks listed 

                                       96
<PAGE>
 
on the signature pages thereof and Wachovia Bank, N.A., as Agent (as the same
may be amended and modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), and
amends and restates that certain Syndicated Loan Note dated as of June 27, 1997
issued by the Borrowers payable to the order of the Bank. Terms defined in the
Credit Agreement are used herein with the same meanings. Reference is made to
the Credit Agreement for provisions for the optional and mandatory prepayment
and the repayment hereof and the acceleration of the maturity hereof, as well as
the obligation of the Borrower to pay all costs of collection, including
reasonable attorneys fees, in the event this Syndicated Loan Note is collected
by law or through an attorney at law.

     The Borrowers hereby waive presentment, demand, protest,
notice of demand, protest and nonpayment and any other notice required
by law relative hereto, except to the extent as otherwise may be
expressly provided for in the Credit Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrowers have caused this
Syndicated Loan Note to be duly executed, under seal, by their
respective duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above
written.


                    SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION 
(SEAL)


                    By:
                        --------------------------------------
                        Title:

                    SED INTERNATIONAL, INC.                            
                                  (SEAL)


                    By: 
                        --------------------------------------
                        Title:

                                       97
<PAGE>
 
          Amended and Restated Syndicated Loan Note (cont'd)


           SYNDICATED LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL           
- --------------------------------------------------------------
         Base Rate   Amount    Amount of
         or Euro-    of        Principal    Maturity  Notation
Date     Dollar Loan Loan      Repaid       Date      Made By

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

                                       98
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------

                                       99
<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT A-2

                AMENDED AND RESTATED SWING LOAN NOTE
                                  
                          Atlanta, Georgia 
                           August 13, 1997


     For value received, SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION and SED
INTERNATIONAL, INC., each a Delaware corporation, jointly and
severally (individually and collectively, as the context shall
require, the "Borrowers"), promise to pay to the order of WACHOVIA
BANK, N.A., a national banking association (the "Bank"), for the
account of its Lending Office, the principal sum of FIVE MILLION and
No/100 Dollars ($5,000,000), or such lesser amount as shall equal the
unpaid principal amount of each Swing Loan made by the Bank to the
Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement referred to below, on the
dates and in the amounts provided in the Credit Agreement.  The
Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of
this Swing Loan Note at the rate provided for Base Rate Loans on the
dates provided for in the Credit Agreement.  Interest on any overdue
principal of and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest on
the principal amount hereof shall bear interest at the Default Rate,
as provided for in the Credit Agreement.  All such payments of
principal and interest shall be made in lawful money of the United
States in Federal or other immediately available funds at the office
of Wachovia Bank, N.A., 191 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia
30303-1757, or such other address as may be specified from time to
time pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

      All Swing Loans made by the Bank, the respective maturities
thereof, and all repayments of the principal thereof shall be recorded
by  the Bank and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed by the Bank
on the schedule attached hereto, or on a continuation of such schedule
attached to and made a part hereof; provided that the failure of the
Bank to make any such recordation or endorsement shall not affect the
obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the Credit Agreement. 

     This Swing Loan Note is the Swing Loan Note referred to in the
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of even date herewith
among the Borrowers, the Banks listed on the signature pages thereof
and Wachovia Bank, N.A., as Agent (as the same may be amended and
modified from time to time, the "Credit 

                                      100
<PAGE>
 
Agreement"), and amends and restates that certain Swing Loan Note dated as of
January 24, 1997 issued by the Borrowers payable to the order of the Bank. Terms
defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with the same meanings.
Reference is made to the Credit Agreement for provisions for the optional and
mandatory prepayment and the repayment hereof and the acceleration of the
maturity hereof.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrowers have caused this Swing Loan
Note to be duly executed, under seal, by their respective duly
authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

                    SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION 
                                             (SEAL)


                    By:
                        ----------------------------------------
                        Title:


                    SED INTERNATIONAL, INC.                 (SEAL)


                    By: 
                        ---------------------------------------
                        Title:

                                      101
<PAGE>
 
            Amended and Restated Swing Loan Note (cont'd)


                    LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
- --------------------------------------------------------------
         Amount      Amount of
         of          Principal   Maturity     Notation
Date     Loan        Repaid      Date         Made By

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------

                                      102
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------

            

                                      103
<PAGE>
 
                                                                      EXHIBIT B


                 OPINION OF LONG, ALDRIDGE & NORMAN 
                  SPECIAL COUNSEL FOR THE BORROWERS


                                           [Dated as provided in
                                           Section 4.01 of the Credit
                                           Agreement]


To the Banks and the Agent
Referred to Below
c/o Wachovia Bank, N.A.
191 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia  30303-1757
Attn:  Commercial Group

Dear Sirs:

     We  have acted as counsel for Southern Electronics Corporation
and SED International, Inc., each a Delaware corporation (individually
and collectively, as the context requires, the "Borrowers") in
connection with the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the "Credit
Agreement") dated as of August 13, 1997, among the Borrowers, the
banks listed on the signature pages thereof and Wachovia Bank, N.A.,
as Agent.  Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein as
therein defined.

     We have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise
identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records,
certificates of public officials and other instruments and have
conducted such other investigations of fact and law as we have deemed
necessary or advisable for purposes of this opinion.  We have assumed
for purposes of our opinions set forth below that the execution and
delivery of the Credit Agreement by each Bank and by the Agent have
been duly authorized by each Bank and by the Agent. 

     Upon the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that: 

                                      104
<PAGE>
 
     1.   Each of the Borrowers is a corporation duly incorporated,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware and
has all corporate powers required to carry on its business as now
conducted. 

     2.   The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrowers of
the Credit Agreement, the Notes and the Letter of Credit Application
Agreements (i) are within each Borrower's corporate powers, (ii) have
been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, (iii) require
no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental body,
agency or official, (iv) do not contravene, or constitute a default
under, any provision of applicable law or regulation or of the
certificate of incorporation or by-laws of either Borrower or of any
agreement, judgment, injunction,  order, decree or other instrument
which to our knowledge is binding upon either Borrower and (v) to our
knowledge, except as provided in the Credit Agreement, do not result
in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of either
Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries.

     3.   The Credit Agreement and the Notes constitute, and upon
execution and delivery thereof, each Letter of Credit Application
Agreement will constitute, a valid and binding agreement of each
Borrower which is a party thereto, enforceable against such Borrower
in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be
limited by: (i) bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors' rights generally and (ii) general principles
of equity.

     4.   To our knowledge, there is no action, suit or proceeding
pending, or threatened, against or affecting either of the Borrowers
or any of the Subsidiaries before any court or arbitrator or any
governmental body, agency or official in which there is a reasonable
possibility of an adverse decision which could materially adversely
affect the business, consolidated financial position or consolidated
results of operations of the Borrowers and the Consolidated
Subsidiaries, considered as a whole, or which in any manner questions
the validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any Note or
any Letter of Credit Application Agreement.

     5.   Each of the Subsidiaries is a corporation duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its
jurisdiction of incorporation, and has all corporate powers and all
material governmental licenses, authorizations, 

                                      105
<PAGE>
 
consents and approvals required to carry on its business as now conducted.

     6.   Neither of the Borrowers nor any of the Subsidiaries is an
"investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act
of 1940, as amended.

     7.   Neither of the Borrowers nor any of the Subsidiaries is a
"holding company", or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company",
or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary company"
of a "holding company", as such terms are defined in the Public
Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

     8.   Each Security Agreement creates in favor of the Agent, for
the ratable benefit of the Banks, as security for the Obligations, a
security interest, in each such Borrower's right, title and interest
in the Collateral constituting "equipment," "fixtures," "inventory,"
"accounts," "general intangibles," "chattel paper," and "instruments"
(each as defined in the UCC) to which Article 9 of the UCC is
applicable (the "Article 9 Collateral"). 

     9.   Upon creation of such security interest in the Article 9
Collateral and due filing of the Financing Statements with the filing
office(s) located at Gilmore County, Georgia, the Agent, for the
ratable benefit of the Banks, will have a perfected security interest
in that portion of the Article 9 Collateral in which a security
interest is perfected by filing a financing statement under the UCC
(the "Filing Collateral"). 

     We are qualified to practice in the State of Georgia and do not
purport to be experts on any laws other than the laws of the United
States and the State of Georgia and the General Corporation Law of
Delaware and this opinion is rendered only with respect to such laws. 
We have made no independent investigation of the laws of any other
jurisdiction.

     This opinion is delivered to you in connection with the
transaction referenced above and may only be relied upon by you, any
Assignee, Participant or other Transferee under the Credit Agreement,
and Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue without our prior written consent. 

                                 Very truly yours,

                                      106
<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT C

                                  
                                  
                             OPINION OF
             JONES, DAY, REAVIS & POGUE, SPECIAL COUNSEL
                            FOR THE AGENT


                                           [Dated as provided in
                                           Section 4.01 of the Credit
                                           Agreement]


To the Banks and the Agent
Referred to Below
c/o WachoviaBank, N.A.,
as Agent
191 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30303-1757
Attn: Commercial Group

Dear Sirs:

     We have participated in the preparation of the Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement (the "Credit Agreement") dated as of August
13, 1997, among Southern Electronics Corporation and SED
International, Inc., each a Delaware corporation (individually and
collectively, as the context requires, the "Borrowers"), the banks
listed on the signature pages thereof (the "Banks") and Wachovia Bank,
N.A., as Agent (the "Agent"), and have acted as special counsel for
the Agent for the purpose of rendering this opinion pursuant to
Section 4.01(e) of the Credit Agreement.  Terms defined in the Credit
Agreement are used herein as therein defined.

     This opinion letter is limited by, and is in accordance with, the
January 1, 1992 edition of the Interpretive Standards applicable to
Legal Opinions to Third Parties in Corporate Transactions adopted by
the Legal Opinion Committee of the Corporate and Banking Law Section
of the State Bar of Georgia which Interpretive Standards are
incorporated herein by this reference.

     We have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise
identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, 

                                      107

<PAGE>
 
corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments and
have conducted such other investigations of fact and law as we have deemed
necessary or advisable for purposes of this opinion.

     Upon the basis of the foregoing, and assuming the due
authorization, execution and delivery of the Credit Agreement, each of
the Notes and each of the Letter of Credit Application Agreements by
or on behalf of the Borrowers, we are of the opinion that the Credit
Agreement and the Notes constitute, and upon execution and delivery
thereof, each Letter of Credit Application Agreement will constitute,
a valid and binding obligations of each Borrower which is a party
thereto, in each case enforceable in accordance with its terms except
as: (i) the enforceability thereof may be affected by bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, voidable
preference, moratorium or similar laws applicable to creditors' rights
or the collection of debtors' obligations generally; (ii) rights of
acceleration and the availability of equitable remedies may be limited
by equitable principles of general applicability; and (iii) the
enforceability of certain of the remedial, waiver and other provisions
of the Credit Agreement and the Notes may be further limited by the
laws of the State of Georgia; provided that such additional laws do
not, in our opinion, substantially interfere with the practical
realization of the benefits expressed in the Credit Agreement, the
Notes and the Letter of Credit Application Agreements, except for the
economic consequences of any procedural delay which may result from
such laws.

     In giving the foregoing opinion, we express no opinion as to the
effect (if any) of any law of any jurisdiction except the State of
Georgia.  We express no opinion as to the effect of the compliance or
noncompliance of the Agent or any of the Banks with any state or
federal laws or regulations applicable to the Agent or any of the
Banks by reason of the legal or regulatory status or the nature of the
business of the Agent or any of the Banks. 

     This opinion is delivered to you in connection with the
transaction referenced above and may only be relied upon by you and
any Assignee, Participant or other Transferee under the Credit
Agreement without our prior written consent. 

                                 Very truly yours,

                                      108

<PAGE>
 
                                                            EXHIBIT D


                       ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
                       Dated ____________ ___, 19___


     Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement dated as of August 13, 1997 (together with all amendments
and modifications thereto, the "Credit Agreement") among Southern
Electronics Corporation and SED International, Inc., each a Delaware
corporation (individually and collectively, as the context shall
require, the "Borrowers"), the Banks (as defined in the Credit
Agreement) and Wachovia Bank, N.A., as Agent (the "Agent").  Terms
defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with the same meaning.
___________________________________________________ (the "Assignor")
and ________________________________________ (the "Assignee") agree as
follows:

     1.   The Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the Assignee,
without recourse to the Assignor, and the Assignee hereby purchases
and assumes from the Assignor, a ______% interest in and to all of the
Assignor's rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement as of the
Effective Date (as defined below) (including, without limitation, 
a __ % interest (which on the Effective Date hereof is $______) in the
Assignor's Commitment and a ______ interest (which on the Effective
Date hereof is $ ______________) in the Syndicated Loans [and Swing
Loans] owing to the Assignor and a ___% interest in the Note[s] held
by the Assignor (which on the Effective Date hereof is $__________).

     2.   The Assignor (i) makes no representation or warranty
and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements,
warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit
Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability,
genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement or any other
instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto, other than that it
is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it
hereunder, that such interest is free and clear of any adverse claim
and that as of the date hereof its Commitment (without giving effect
to assignments thereof which have not yet become effective) is

                                      109

<PAGE>
 
$__________ and the aggregate outstanding principal amount of
Syndicated Loans [and Swing Loans] owing to it (without giving effect
to assignments thereof which have not yet become effective) is $______ 
_________; (ii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the
Borrowers or the performance or observance by the Borrowers of any of
their obligations under the Credit Agreement or any other instrument
or document furnished pursuant thereto; and (iii) attaches the Note[s]
referred to in  paragraph 1 above and requests that the Agent exchange
such Note[s] for [a new Syndicated Loan Note from each Borrower dated
_____________, ____ in the principal amount of $__________ payable to
the order of the Assignee and a new Swing Loan Note from each Borrower
dated ___________, ____ in the principal amount of $______________
payable to the order of the Assignee] [new Notes as follows:  a (i)
Syndicated Loan Note from each Borrower dated ________________, ____
in the principal amount of $_____________ payable to the order of the
Assignor (ii) Syndicated Loan Note from each Borrower dated ________,  
____ in the principal amount of $______________ payable to the
order of the Assignee, and (iii) and a new Swing Loan Note from each
Borrower dated ___________, ____ in the principal amount of
$______________ payable to the order of the Assignee].

     3.   The Assignee (i) confirms that it has received a copy
of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the financial
statements referred to in Section 5.04(a) (or any more recent
financial statements of the Borrowers delivered pursuant to Section
6.01(a) or (b)) and such other documents and information as it has
deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to
enter into this Assignment and Acceptance; (ii) agrees that it will,
independently and without reliance upon the Agent, the Assignor or any
other Bank and based on such documents and information as it shall
deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit
decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement;
(iii) confirms that it is a bank or financial institution; (iv)
appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its
behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement as are
delegated to the Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers
as are reasonably incidental thereto; (v) agrees that it will perform
in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the
terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a
Bank; (vi) specifies as its Lending Office (and address for notices)
the office set forth 

                                      110

<PAGE>
 
beneath its name on the signature pages hereof, (vii) represents and warrants
that the execution, delivery and performance of this Assignment and Acceptance
are within its corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary
corporate action, (viii) makes the representation and warranty contained in
Section 10.18 of the Credit Agreement[, and (ix) attaches the forms prescribed
by the Internal Revenue Service of the United States certifying as to the
Assignee's status for purposes of determining exemption from United States
withholding taxes with respect to all payments to be made to the Assignee under
the Credit Agreement and the Notes or such other documents as are necessary to
indicate that all such payments are subject to such taxes at a rate reduced by
an applicable tax treaty].

     4.   The Effective Date for this Assignment and Acceptance
shall be __________, 19__ (the "Effective Date").  Following the
execution of this Assignment and Acceptance, it will be delivered to
the Agent for execution and acceptance by the Agent and [if required
by the Credit Agreement] to the Borrowers for execution by the
Borrowers.

     5. Upon such execution and acceptance by the Agent [and
execution by the Borrowers] [If required by the Credit Agreement],
from and after the Effective Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party
to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent rights and obligations have
been transferred to it by this Assignment and Acceptance, have the
rights and obligations of a Bank thereunder and (ii) the Assignor
shall, to the extent its rights and obligations have been transferred
to the Assignee by this Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its
rights (other than under Sections 8.03, 9.03 and 9.04 of the Credit
Agreement) and be released from its obligations under the Credit
Agreement.

     6. Upon such execution and acceptance by the Agent [and
execution by the Borrowers] [If required by the Credit Agreement],
from and after the Effective Date, the Agent shall make all payments
in respect of the interest assigned hereby to the Assignee.  The
Assignor and Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in
payments for periods prior to such acceptance by the Agent directly
between themselves.

     7.   This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by,
and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Georgia.

                                      111

<PAGE>
 
 
                                     [NAME OF ASSIGNOR]


                                     By:
                                         --------------------------
                                         Title:


                                     [NAME OF ASSIGNEE]


                                     By:
                                         --------------------------
                                         Title:


                                     Lending Office:
                                     [Address]

                                     WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.,
                                     As Agent

                                     By:
                                         ----------------------------
                                         Title:

                                      112

<PAGE>
 
                                     SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
                                     If required by the Credit Agreement


                                     By:
                                         -----------------------------
                                         Title:

                                     SED INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                     If required by the Credit Agreement


                                     By:
                                         -----------------------------
                                         Title:


                                      113

<PAGE>
 
                                                             EXHIBIT E


                          NOTICE OF BORROWING
                          ------------------- 

                     _____________________, 199__


Wachovia Bank, N.A., as Agent
191 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia  30303-1757
Attention: Commercial Group

     Re:  Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended and
          modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement") dated as
          of August 13, 1997 by and among Southern Electronics
          Corporation and SED International, Inc., as the Borrowers,
          the Banks from time to time parties thereto, and Wachovia
          Bank, N.A., as Agent.

Gentlemen:

     Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein
shall have the meanings attributable thereto in the Credit Agreement.

     This Notice of Borrowing is delivered to you pursuant to Section
2.02 of the Credit Agreement.

     The undersigned Borrower hereby requests a [Euro-Dollar Borrowing] [Swing
Borrowing] [Syndicated Borrowing which is a Base Rate Borrowing] in the
aggregate principal amount of $      to be made on          , 199  ,
                               -------             ---------     --  
and for interest to accrue thereon at the rate established by the Credit
Agreement for [Euro-Dollar Loans] [Base Rate Loans]. The duration of the
Interest Period with respect thereto shall be [1 month] [2 months] [3 months] 
[6months] [30 days] [60 days] [90 days].

     The amount available to be borrowed under Section 2.01 of the
Credit Agreement, net of amounts to be paid with the proceeds of this
Borrowing, is as follows:

     (a) Aggregate Commitments                    $
                                                   -----------------


     (b) Borrowing Base per most recent 
         Borrowing Base Certificate               $
                                                   -----------------

                                      114
<PAGE>
 
     (c) Principal amount outstanding under
         Syndicated Loans                         $
                                                   -----------------


     (d) Principal amount outstanding under
         Swing Loans                              $
                                                   -----------------


     (e) Aggregate outstanding principal amount
         of Letter of Credit Obligations          $
                                                   -----------------

     (f) Amount available to be borrowed
         (lesser of: (a); or sum of (b), less 
         (c) less (d) less (e)                    $
                                                   ------------------


     The undersigned Borrower has caused this Notice of Borrowing to
be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer this      
                                                             --------
day of       199   .
      -------   ---

                        [SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION]
                        [SED INTERNATIONAL, INC.]


                        By:
                          -------------------------------  
                            Title:

                                      115
<PAGE>
 
                                                  EXHIBIT F

                                      116
<PAGE>
 
                                                  EXHIBIT G


                                FORM OF NOTICE
                  IN RESPECT OF ISSUANCE OF LETTERS OF CREDIT

TO:  The Banks under that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated
     as of August 13, 1997 ("Credit Agreement"), among Southern Electronics
     Corporation and SED International, Inc., as the Borrowers, the Banks
     parties thereto and Wachovia Bank, N.A., as Agent ("Agent").


     Pursuant to Section 3.04(b) of the Credit Agreement, the Agent hereby
certifies to the Banks that it has issued the following Letters of Credit
pursuant to Article III of the Credit Agreement:

          Face       Date of
Number    Amount     Issuance/Expiration    Beneficiary  Purpose 





     A copy of each of the Letters of Credit listed above has
been attached hereto.

     Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit
Agreement shall have the same meaning in this notice.

Date:         19  .
    ----------  --
                               WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.



                               By: 
                                  -------------------------
                                  Name:
                                  Title:




Enclosures

                                      117
<PAGE>
 
                                                          EXHIBIT H


                             COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE


     Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of
August 13, 1997 (as modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time,
the "Credit Agreement") among Southern Electronics Corporation and SED
International, Inc., as Borrowers, the Banks from time to time parties thereto,
and Wachovia Bank, N.A., as Agent. Capitalized terms used herein shall have the
meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement.

     Pursuant to Section 6.01(c) of the Credit Agreement,           ,
                                                         -----------
the duly authorized           of Southern Electronics
                   -----------
Corporation and                  , the duly authorized  
               ------------------  
                    of SED International, Inc., hereby certify to the
- ------------------- 
Agent and the Banks that the information contained in the Compliance
Check List attached hereto is true, accurate and complete as of 
             199  , and that no Default is in existence on and as of
- -------------   -- 
the date hereof.

                            SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION


                            By: 
                               -----------------------
                               Title: 

                            SED INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                            By:
                               -----------------------
                               Title: 

                                      118
<PAGE>
 
                             COMPLIANCE CHECK LIST
                       SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
                            SED INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                               
                       -------------------------------

                        -------------------, ---------


1.   Consolidations, Mergers and Sales of Assets. (Section 6.05.)

     The Borrowers will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to,
     consolidate or merge with or into, or sell, lease or otherwise
     transfer all or any substantial part of its assets to, any other
     Person, or discontinue or eliminate any business line or segment,
     provided that (a) either Borrower may merge with another Person
     if (i) such Person was organized under the laws of the United
     States of America or one of its states, (ii) such Borrower is the
     corporation surviving such merger and (iii) immediately after
     giving effect to such merger, no Default shall have occurred and
     be continuing, (b) the Borrowers may merge with one another and
     Subsidiaries of the Borrowers may merge with one another, and (c)
     the foregoing limitation on the sale, lease or other transfer of
     assets and on the discontinuation or elimination of a business   
     line or segment shall not prohibit (A) transfers of Accounts to
     insurers permitted by Section 6.26 or (B) during any Fiscal
     Quarter, a transfer of assets or the discontinuance or
     elimination of a business line or segment (in a single
     transaction or in a series of related transactions) unless the
     aggregate assets to be so transferred or utilized in a business
     line or segment to be so discontinued, when combined with all
     other assets transferred, and all other assets utilized in all
     other business lines or segments discontinued, during such Fiscal
     Quarter and the immediately preceding 3 Fiscal Quarters, either
     (x) constituted more than 2% of Consolidated Total Assets at the
     end of the most recent Fiscal Year immediately preceding such
     Fiscal Quarter, or (y) contributed more than 2% of Consolidated
     Operating Profits during the 4 Fiscal Quarters immediately
     preceding such Fiscal Quarter.

     (a) Value of assets transferred or business 
         lines or segments discontinued                    $
                                                            ----------

                                      119
<PAGE>
 
     (b) Consolidated Total Assets                         $
                                                            ----------

     (c) 2% of (b)                                         $
                                                            ----------
                                                           
     (d) Consolidated Operating Profits - Schedule 1       $
                                                            ----------

     (e) 2% of (d)                                         $
                                                            ----------
         Limitation (a) not to exceed (c) or (e)

2.   Restricted Payments (Section 6.15)

     SEC will not declare or make any Restricted Payment after
     December 31, 1996, if the aggregate amount of such Restricted
     Payments for any Fiscal Year would exceed 15% of cumulative
     Consolidated Net Income for the prior Fiscal Year (commencing
     after December 31, 1996); provided that after giving effect to
     the payment of any such Restricted Payments, no Default shall be
     in existence or be created thereby.

     (a) Restricted Payments after
         December 31, 1996                                 $
                                                            ------------

     (b) cumulative Consolidated Net Income
         after December 31, 1996                           $
                                                            ------------

     (c) 15% of (b)                                        $
                                                            ------------
         Limitation (a) may not exceed (c)

3.   Priority Debt (Section 6.18)

     None of the Borrowers' nor any Consolidated Subsidiary's property
     is subject to any Lien securing Debt, except for:

     Description of Lien and Property              Amount of Debt
     subject to same                               Secured       
     -------------------------------               -------------- 

     a.                                            $
       ----------------------------                 --------------
   
     b.                                            $
       ----------------------------                 --------------

     c.                                            $
       ----------------------------                 --------------

     d.                                            $
       ----------------------------                 --------------

                                      120
<PAGE>
 
     e.                                            $
       ----------------------------                 --------------

     f.                                            $
       ----------------------------                 --------------

     g.                                            $
      -----------------------------                 --------------

                                           Total   $
                                                    ==============
                                    
     Aggregate Debt secured by purchase
     money Liens permitted by
     Section 6.18(k)                               $
                                                    -------------

             Limitation:                           $1,500,000

4.   Leverage Ratio (Section 6.20)

     Tested at the end of each Fiscal Month, the Leverage Ratio shall 
     not at any time exceed the following amounts during the following 
     periods: 

     Closing Date through June 30, 1998            6.5 to 1.0
     July 1, 1998 through December 30, 1998        6.0 to 1.0
     December 31, 1998 and thereafter              5.5 to 1.0


     (a) Debt - Schedule 3                         $
                                                    -------------

     (b) Consolidated Tangible Net
         Worth - Schedule 4                        $
                                                    -------------

     Actual Ratio of (a) to (b)                                  
                                                    -------------

     Maximum Ratio                                 [6.5 to 1.0]
                                                   [6.0 to 1.0]
                                                   [5.5 to 1.0]

5.   Fixed Charges Coverage (Section 6.21)

     Tested at the end of each Fiscal Month, the ratio of Income
     Available for Fixed Charges to Consolidated Fixed Charges for the
     Fiscal Month just ended and the immediately preceding 11 Fiscal
     Months shall not at any time be less than 2.5 to 1.0.

     (a) Income Available for Fixed
         Charges - Schedule 2                      $
                                                    ---------------

                                      121
<PAGE>
 
     (b) Consolidated Interest
         Expense - Schedule 2                      $
                                                    --------------- 
                  
     (c) operating leases and rentals - Schedule 2 $
                                                    ---------------
                                                    
     (d) sum of (b) plus (c)                       $
                                                    ----------------
         
     Ratio of (a) to (d)                                      to 1.0
                                                    ---------


     Requirement            [greater than or equal to]    2.5 to 1.0

6.   Adjusted Current Ratio (Section 6.22)

     Tested at the end of each Fiscal Month, the Adjusted Current
     Ratio shall not at any time be less than 1.00 to 1.00.

     (a)  Aggregate Accounts Receivable            $
                                                    --------------

     (b)  Aggregate Inventory                      $
                                                    --------------

     (c)  sum of (a) and (b)                       $
                                                    --------------

     (d)  Principal amount outstanding under
          Syndicated Loans                         $
                                                    --------------
     (e)  Principal amount outstanding under
          Swing Loans                              $
                                                    --------------

     (f)  Aggregate outstanding principal amount
          of Letter of Credit Obligations          $
                                                    --------------   

     (g)  Aggregate accounts payable               $
                                                    --------------

     (h)  sum of (d) plus (e) plus (f) plus (g)    $
                                                    --------------

     (i)  ratio of (c) to (h)                               to 1.0
                                                    --------
          Limitation                                   1.00 to 1.0

7.   Minimum Consolidated Net Income (Section 6.23)

                                      122
<PAGE>
 
     At the end of each Fiscal Quarter, Consolidated Net Income will
     not at any time be less than (i) for the Fiscal Quarter just
     ended, $1,000,000, and (ii) for the 4 consecutive Fiscal Quarters
     ending June 30, 1998, Consolidated Net Income will not be less   
     than $7,000,000.

     (a) Consolidated Net Income for Fiscal
         Quarter just ended - Schedule 2           $
                                                    ------------------
     (b) Consolidated Net Income for immediately
         preceding 3 Fiscal Quarters - Schedule 2  $
                                                    ------------------
     (c) sum of (a) and (b)                        $
                                                    ------------------

         Limitations:                              [$1,000,000]
                                                   [$7,000,000]

8.   Minimum Consolidated Tangible Net Worth (Section 6.24)

     Consolidated Tangible Net Worth will at no time be less than
     $25,000,000 plus the sum of (i) 100% of the cumulative Reported
     Net Income of the Borrowers and the Consolidated Subsidiaries
     during any period after June 27, 1997 (taken as one accounting
     period), calculated monthly at the end of each month but
     excluding from such calculations of Reported Net Income for
     purposes of this clause (i), any month in which the Reported Net
     Income of the Borrowers and the Consolidated Subsidiaries is
     negative, and (ii) 100% of the cumulative Net Proceeds of Capital
     Stock received during any period after the Closing Date,
     calculated monthly at the end of each month.

    (a) $25,000,000

    (b) positive Reported Net Income
        after June 27, 1997                        $
                                                    ------------------ 
    (c) cumulative Net Proceeds of Capital
        Stock received after June 27, 1997         $
                                                    ------------------
        Actual Consolidated Tangible
        Net Worth - Schedule 4                     $
                                                    ------------------
        Required Consolidated Tangible Net
        Worth (sum of (a) plus (b) plus (c)        $
                                                    ------------------

                                      123
<PAGE>
 
                                                         Schedule 1

                        Consolidated Operating Profits

Consolidated Operating Profits

           quarter 199                                 $
   --------           --                                ---------------

           quarter 199                                 $
   --------           --                                ---------------  

           quarter 199                                 $
   --------           --                                ---------------

           quarter 199                                 $
   --------           --                                ---------------

   Total                                               $
                                                        ---------------

                                      124
<PAGE>
 
                                                            Schedule 2
                                                            ----------

                      Income Available for Fixed Charges

Consolidated Net Income for:
             quarter 199                                  $
    --------            --                                 ----------

             quarter 199                                  $
    --------            --                                 ----------

             quarter 199                                  $
    --------            --                                 ----------

             quarter 199                                  $            
    --------            --                                 ----------

        Total                                             $
                                                           ---------- 
Income taxes for:

             quarter 199                                  $           
    --------            --                                 ----------

             quarter 199                                  $          
    --------            --                                 ----------

             quarter 199                                  $
    --------            --                                 ----------

             quarter 199                                  $
   ---------            --                                 ----------

         Total                                            $
                                                           ----------

Depreciation expense for:

             quarter 199                                  $
   ----------           --                                 ----------

             quarter 199                                  $
   ----------           --                                 ----------

             quarter 199                                  $
   ----------           --                                 ----------

             quarter 199                                  $ 
   ----------           --                                 ----------

         Total                                            $
                                                           -----------
Amortization expense for:

             quarter 199                                  $
   ----------           --                                 -----------

             quarter 199                                  $
   ----------           --                                 -----------

                                      125
<PAGE>
 
             quarter 199                                  $
   ----------           --                                 -----------

             quarter 199                                  $
   ----------           --                                 -----------

         Total                                            $
                                                           -----------

Capital Expenditures for:

             quarter 199                                  $
   ----------           --                                 -----------

             quarter 199                                  $
   ----------           --                                 -----------

             quarter 199                                  $
   ----------           --                                 -----------

             quarter 199                                  $
   ----------           --                                 -----------

         Total                                            $
                                                           -----------
Consolidated Interest Expense for:

             quarter 199                                  $
   ----------           --                                 -----------

             quarter 199                                  $
   ----------           --                                 ----------- 

             quarter 199                                  $
   ----------           --                                 ----------- 

             quarter 199                                  $         
   ----------           --                                 -----------

       Total                                              $
                                                           -----------
Operating Leases and Rentals for:

             quarter 199                                  $
   ----------           --                                 -----------

             quarter 199                                  $
   ----------           --                                 -----------

             quarter 199                                  $
   ----------           --                                 -----------

             quarter 199                                  $
   ----------           --                                 -----------


         Total                                            $
                                                           -----------


Total Income Available for Fixed Charges                  $
                                                           -----------

                                      126
<PAGE>
 
                                                          Schedule 3
                                                          ----------

Debt
- ----
                                          INTEREST
                                            RATE    MATURITY    TOTAL
                                          --------  --------    -----
Secured
- -------

- ------------------------------------      --------  ---------   $----- 
- ------------------------------------      --------  ---------   $----- 
- ------------------------------------      --------  ---------   $----- 
- ------------------------------------      --------  ---------   $----- 
- ------------------------------------      --------  ---------   $----- 
             Total Secured                                      $----- 
  

Unsecured
- ---------

- ------------------------------------      --------  ---------   $----- 
- ------------------------------------      --------  ---------   $----- 
- ------------------------------------      --------  ---------   $----- 
- ------------------------------------      --------  ---------   $----- 
             Total Unsecured                                    $----- 
  
Guarantees
- ----------

- ------------------------------------      --------  ---------   $----- 
- ------------------------------------      --------  ---------   $----- 
             Total                                              $----- 
  

Redeemable Preferred Stock                                      $----- 
- --------------------------
               Total                                            $----- 
  

Other Liabilities
- -----------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------   $----- 
- -------------------------------------------------------------   $----- 
- -------------------------------------------------------------   $----- 

             Total Debt                   $
             ----------                    =======

                                      127
<PAGE>
 
                                                                      Schedule 4

                        Consolidated Tangible Net Worth
                        -------------------------------

Stockholders' Equity                                       $---------
         Less:
             Surplus from write-up of assets subsequent  
              to               , 19                        $---------
                --------------     ---
             Intangibles                                   $---------
             Loans to stockholders, directors
              officers or employees                        $---------
             Capital Stock shown as assets/1/              $---------
             Deferred expenses                             $---------

Consolidated Tangible Net Worth                            $=========

Intangibles Description
- -----------------------


         (a) -----------------------------------           $---------

         (b) -----------------------------------           $---------

         (c) -----------------------------------           $---------

         Other                                             $---------


             Total                                         $---------

   ------------------------

 /1/ To the extent not included above as an Intangible.
                      

                                      128
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT I


                       SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
                            SED INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                              CLOSING CERTIFICATE
                              -------------------

     Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement (the "Credit Agreement") dated as of August 13, 1997,
among Southern Electronics Corporation, SED International, Inc.,
the Banks listed therein, and Wachovia Bank, N.A., as Agent. 
Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed thereto
in the Credit Agreement.

     Pursuant to Section 4.01(f) of the Credit Agreement, 
                                                         ------------ 
                    , the duly authorized                      of
- --------------------                     ---------------------

Southern Electronics Corporation, and                        ,
                                     ------------------------
the duly authorized                       of SED International,
                   -----------------------
Inc., hereby certify to the Agent and the Banks that (i) no
Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof, and
(ii) the representations and warranties contained in Article V of
the Credit Agreement are true on and as of the date hereof.

     Certified as of August 13, 1997.


                            SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION



                            By:
                               --------------------------
                              
                               Printed Name: 
                                            --------------
                               Title: 
                                     ---------------------

                            SED INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                            By: 
                               -----------------------------
     
                               Printed Name: 
                                            -----------------
                               Title: 
                                     ------------------------

 

                                      129
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT J

  
                      [SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION]
                           [SED INTERNATIONAL, INC.]
                                 

                            SECRETARY'S CERTIFICATE


The undersigned,                                      ,
                --------------------------------------

                              , Secretary of [Southern
- ------------------------------

Electronics Corporation] [SED International, Inc.], a Delaware
corporation (the "Borrower"), hereby certifies that [s]he has
been duly elected, qualified and is acting in such capacity and
that, as such, [s]he is familiar with the facts herein certified
and is duly authorized to certify the same, and hereby further
certifies, in connection with the Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement dated as of August 13, 1997 (the "Credit Agreement")
among Southern Electronics Corporation and SED International,
Inc., as the Borrowers, Wachovia Bank, N.A. as Agent and as a
Bank, and certain other Banks listed on the signature pages
thereof, that:

     1.  Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a complete and correct
copy of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Borrower as in
full force and effect on the date hereof as certified by the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the Borrower's state
of incorporation.

     2.  Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a complete and correct
copy of the Bylaws of the Borrower as in full force and effect on
the date hereof.

     3.  Attached hereto as Exhibit C is a complete and correct
copy of the resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of
the Borrower on [                               ] approving, and
                 -------------------------------
authorizing the execution and delivery of, the Credit Agreement,
the Notes, the Letter of Credit Application Agreements and the
other Loan Documents (as such terms are defined in the Credit
Agreement) to which the Borrower is a party.  Such resolutions
have not been repealed or amended and are in full force and
effect, and no other resolutions or consents have been adopted by
the Board of Directors of the Borrower in connection therewith.

                                      130
<PAGE>
 
     4.                           , who is                            
       ---------------------------        -----------------------

of the Borrower signed the Credit Agreement, the Notes [, the
Letter of Credit Application Agreements executed on the Closing
Date] and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a
party, was duly elected, qualified and acting as such at the time
[s]he signed the Credit Agreement, the Notes [, the Letter of
Credit Application Agreements executed on the Closing Date] and
other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party, and
[his/her] signature appearing on the Credit Agreement, the Notes
[, the Letter of Credit Application Agreements executed on the
Closing Date] and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower
is a party is [his/her] genuine signature.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set [his/her]
hand as of August 13, 1997.

                                --------------------------------------

                                      131
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT K


                             LANDLORD'S AGREEMENT
                             --------------------

     THIS LANDLORD'S AGREEMENT ("Agreement"), made and entered
into as of June     , 1997, by the undersigned landlord (the
               -----
"Landlord") in favor of WACHOVIA BANK, N.A., as agent (the
"Agent") for the ratable benefit of itself and the other banks
party to the "Financing Arrangement" defined below (the "Banks").

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

Recitals:

     1.1. Landlord is the landlord under the Lease described on
Exhibit "A" attached hereto (the "Lease"), covering the business
premises likewise described on said Exhibit "A" (the "Premises").

     1.2.                                                          
          ---------------------------------------------------
("Tenant") is the tenant of Landlord under the Lease and, in such
capacity, is operating its business on, or keeps property on, the
Premises. 

     1.3. Tenant has notified Landlord that it intends to enter into
a certain financing arrangement (the "Financing Arrangement") with
the Agent and the Banks, pursuant to which the Agent and the Banks
will make certain loans, advances and other financial
accommodations to Tenant.

     1.4. Tenant intends to secure the payment and performance of
its obligations to the Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Banks,
under the Financing Arrangement by granting to the Agent a security
interest in, among other property of Tenant, all of its inventory,
equipment and trade fixtures, whether now owned or hereafter ac-
quired (the "Collateral"), portions of which are or hereafter may
be located on the Premises.

     1.5. In connection therewith, pursuant to the Agent's request,
Tenant has requested that Landlord execute this Agreement in favor
of the Agent.

                                      132
<PAGE>
 
     1.6. Landlord has agreed, at Tenant's request and as an ac-
commodation to it, to execute this Agreement.

     IN CONSIDERATION of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged
by Landlord, Landlord acknowledges and agrees as follows in favor of
the Agent:

     1. Consent.  Landlord hereby consents to the grant by the Tenant
of a security interest in the Collateral to Agent.

     2. Lien Subordination.  Landlord acknowledges and agrees that: 
(a) the security interest of Agent in the Collateral shall
be superior to any lien, right, title, claim or interest which
Landlord may now or hereafter have therein; (b) Landlord shall not
assert as against Agent's security interest therein any statutory,
contractual or possessory lien, right, title, claim or interest in
the Collateral, including without limitation, rights of levy or
distraint for rent, all of which Landlord hereby subordinates to
Agent for the term of this Agreement; (c) Agent shall have access
to the Collateral and the Premises at all times hereafter during
regular business hours to remove the Collateral therefrom should
Agent elect to enforce the security interest granted in their favor
in the Collateral, without hindrance or delay by Landlord; and (d)
all Collateral which is now located or hereafter may be located on
the Premises shall remain the personal property of Tenant.

     3. Termination of the Lease or Sublease.  If, after the date
hereof, Landlord intends to terminate the Lease or otherwise
exercise any right it may have to require Tenant to surrender the
Premises or to remove any property of Tenant (including the
Collateral) from the Premises, Landlord shall use its best efforts
to notify Agent in writing at Wachovia Bank, N.A., 191 Peachtree
Street, Atlanta, Georgia 30303, Attn: Structured Finance, of its
intent to take such action and to permit Agent, at its option,
either (a) to keep the Collateral on the Premises for a period of
up to thirty (30) days after its receipt of such notice, at the
then effective rental provided in the Lease (pro-rated on a daily
basis) without incurring any other obligations of Tenant as a
result thereof (including any obligations for past due rent), or
(b) to enter onto the Premises within such thirty (30) day period
in order to remove the Collateral therefrom, without charge, except
for reasonable compensation to Landlord for any damage to the
Premises caused by such removal; and in either such event, Landlord
agrees to cooperate with Agent and not to hinder its actions in
protecting or realizing upon the Collateral.

                                      133
<PAGE>
 
     4.  Term.  This Agreement shall remain in full force and
effect until the Financing Arrangement has been terminated, and all
obligations and liabilities of Tenant to Agent arising therefrom
have been paid and satisfied in full.

     5.  No Oral Modification; Successors and Assigns.  The provisions
of this Agreement may not be modified or terminated orally, and shall
be binding upon the successors, assigns and personal representatives
of Landlord, and upon any successor owner or transferee of the
Premises, and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns
of Agent.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord has caused this Agreement to be
executed, by its duly authorized officer, agent or other
representative as of the date first above written.

Signed and delivered             LANDLORD:
in the presence of:

- ----------------------


- -------------------------        By:----------------------------
Witness                          Name:
                                 Title:
                                    



Notary Public 
             -----------------------
My Commission Expires:

- -----------------------------------
(NOTARY SEAL)

                                      134
<PAGE>
 
                                  EXHIBIT "A"
                                  -----------

Description of Lease:


- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Description of Premises:

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------


(or add Exhibit)

                                      135
<PAGE>
 
                         TELEPHONE INSTRUCTION LETTER

                               August     , 1997
                                     -----


Wachovia Bank, N.A.
191 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia  30303
Attention:  Structured Finance


Ladies and Gentlemen:


     Please refer to that certain Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement of even date herewith between you and us ("Credit
Agreement").

     From any Loans under the Credit Agreement which you make to us,
we hereby authorize and direct you to make disbursements from time
to time for our account to our bank account number                   
                                                  -----------------
maintained with                                          of
                ----------------   --------------------

                     ,                  upon receipt of telephone
- --------------------  ------------------
instructions from any of the following persons or their respective
designees:


             Name                   Title

- ----------------------------        ------------------------------

- ----------------------------        ------------------------------

- ----------------------------        ------------------------------

     You shall have no liability to us whatsoever for acting upon
any such telephone instruction which you, in good faith, believe
was given by any of the above designated persons or their
respective designees and you shall have no duty to inquire as to
the propriety of any disbursement.

     You shall have the right to accept the telephone instructions
of any of the above designated persons or their respective
designees unless and until actual receipt by you from us of written
notice of termination of the authority of any such designated
persons.  We may change persons designated to give you telephone
instructions only by delivering to you written notice of such
change.

                                      136
<PAGE>
 
     Unless and until you advise us to the contrary, each telephone
instruction from the above-named persons or their respective
designees shall be followed by a written confirmation of the
request for disbursement in such form as you make available from
time to time to use for such purpose.

                                 Very truly yours,
                                 
                                 SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION  
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 By:
                                    -------------------------
                                       President


                                 SED INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 By:
                                    -------------------------
                                       President

                                      137
<PAGE>
 
                                                                   Schedule 5.08


               Subsidiaries of Southern Electronics Corporation


Name                                Jurisdiction of Incorporation

SED International, Inc.                        Delaware






                    Subsidiaries of SED International, Inc.



Name                                Jurisdiction of Incorporation
- ----                                -----------------------------


None.

                                      138

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 11.1

SOUTHERN ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARY

COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                        ----------------------------------------
                                                           1995           1996           1997
                                                        ----------     ----------     ----------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>
EARNINGS PER SHARE - Based on weighted
 average shares outstanding:
 Average outstanding shares                              6,961,518      7,176,929      7,183,467
                                                        ----------     ----------     ----------
 Net earnings for per share computation(A)              $5,222,000     $5,550,000     $7,905,000
                                                        ----------     ----------     ----------
 Net earnings per common share                          $     0.75     $     0.77     $     1.10
                                                        ----------     ----------     ----------
PRIMARY EARNINGS PER SHARE:
 Average outstanding shares, including common
  stock equivalents(1)(B)                                7,068,512      7,279,599      7,633,925
                                                        ----------     ----------     ----------
 Net earnings per common share (A divided by B)         $     0.74     $     0.76     $     1.04
                                                        ----------     ----------     ----------
FULLY DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:
 Average outstanding shares, including common stock
  equivalents(1)(C)                                      7,070,182      7,288,968      7,659,893
                                                        ----------     ----------     ----------
 Net earnings per common share (A divided by C)         $     0.74     $     0.76     $     1.03
                                                        ----------     ----------     ----------
</TABLE>
/1/ Average shares outstanding include stock options as common stock 
    equivalents. The dilutive effect of stock options was determined using the
    treasury stock method. Under that method of calculation, stock options are
    valued at average market prices for the primary calculation and at the
    higher of average or period-end market prices for the fully diluted
    calculation.

<PAGE>
 

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 
333-05043 of Southern Electronics Corporation on Form S-3 and Registration 
Statement Nos. 33-64133, 33-64135, 33-55730 and 33-33882 of Southern Electronics
Corporation on Form S-8 of our report dated August 13, 1997 appearing in the 
Annual Report on Form 10-K of Southern Electronics Corporation for the year 
ended June 30, 1997.


DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
September 4, 1997

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM SOUTHERN
ELECTRONICS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF
AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY
REFERENCE TO SUCH CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUN-30-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             JUN-30-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               JUN-30-1997
<CASH>                                         783,000
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                               55,745,000
<ALLOWANCES>                                 1,102,000
<INVENTORY>                                112,813,000
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                           171,783,000
<PP&E>                                       6,469,000
<DEPRECIATION>                               3,586,000
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                             197,329,000
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                       92,433,000
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                        75,000
<OTHER-SE>                                  48,821,000
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>               197,329,000
<SALES>                                    646,336,000
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                           646,336,000
<CGS>                                      607,437,000
<TOTAL-COSTS>                              607,437,000
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                            23,941,000
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                           2,128,000
<INCOME-PRETAX>                             12,830,000
<INCOME-TAX>                                 4,925,000
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                          7,905,000
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                 7,905,000
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     1.04
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.03
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission